TW200533351A - Compounds for the treatment of diseases - Google Patents

Compounds for the treatment of diseases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200533351A
TW200533351A TW094108630A TW94108630A TW200533351A TW 200533351 A TW200533351 A TW 200533351A TW 094108630 A TW094108630 A TW 094108630A TW 94108630 A TW94108630 A TW 94108630A TW 200533351 A TW200533351 A TW 200533351A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
ethyl
phenyl
hydroxymethyl
hydroxy
amino
Prior art date
Application number
TW094108630A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Alan Daniel Brown
Mark Edward Bunnage
Paul Alan Glossop
Kim James
Charlotte Alice Louise Lane
Russel Andrew Lewthwaite
David Anthony Price
Original Assignee
Pfizer
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Pfizer filed Critical Pfizer
Publication of TW200533351A publication Critical patent/TW200533351A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/65One oxygen atom attached in position 3 or 5

Abstract

The invention relates to compounds of formula (1), , and to processes for the preparation of, intermediates used in the preparation of, compositions containing and the uses of, such derivatives. The compounds according to the present invention are useful in numerous diseases, disorders and conditions, in particular inflammatory, allergic and respiratory diseases, disorders and conditions.

Description

200533351 (1) 九、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】200533351 (1) IX. Description of the invention [Technical field to which the invention belongs]

本發明係有關通式(1 ) yS 2激動劑:The present invention relates to a yS 2 agonist of the general formula (1):

其中R 、R 、n和Q具有下文所不意義,及有關此等衍生 物的製備方法,包含此等衍生物的組成物及此等衍生物的 用途。 【先前技術】 腎上腺素受體爲大型G -蛋白偶合受體大族的成員。 腎上腺素受體亞族本身再分成^和^亞族,其中Θ -亞族 包括至少三種受體亞型:ySl、/S2和yS3。此等受體在哺 乳動物的各種系統和器官之組織中展現出各有差別的表現 型樣。/3 2腎上腺素能(/3 2 )受體主要是在平滑肌細胞( 如,血管、支氣管、尿道或小腸等平滑肌)內表現,而 点3腎上腺素能受體主要是在脂肪組織內表現(所以/3 3激 動劑潛在地可用來治療肥胖症和糖尿病)而/3 1腎上腺素 能受體主要在心臟組織內表現(所以/5 1激動劑主要用爲 心興奮劑)。 呼吸道疾病的病理學和治療業經在文獻中廣泛地評論 過(例如可參閱 Barnes, P. J. Chest,1 997,1 ] 1 : 2 pp 178- 26 8 和 Bryan, S. A. et al., Expert Opinion on (2) (2)200533351 investigational drugs, 2 0 00, 9 · 1? pp 25-42)因此在此處 只給予簡短槪述以提供某些背景資訊。 糖皮質類固醇、抗一白三燃、茶驗、Crom ones、抗膽 鹼能藥、和Θ 2激動劑構成現行治療過敏性和非過敏性呼 吸道疾病例如喘哮和慢性堵塞性呼吸道疾病(C0PD )所 用藥物類別。此等疾病的治療綱領包括短期和長期作用性 吸入型Θ 2激動劑。短期作用性,快速起始的石2激動劑係 用於''解救〃支氣管擴張,而,長期作用形式提供持續的 舒解及用於保養治療。 支氣管擴張係透過在呼吸道平滑肌細胞上表現的0 2 腎上腺素受體之激動機制所媒介的,導致鬆弛因而支氣管 擴張。因此,作爲官能拮抗劑者,Θ 2激動劑可阻止且逆 反所有支氣管收縮性物質,包括白三烯D4 ( LTD4 )、乙 醯膽鹼、血管舒緩激肽、前列腺素、組織胺和內皮素等的 效應。因爲/3 2受體在呼吸道中有如此廣泛地分布,所以 冷2激動劑也可能影響在喘哮中有作用之其他類型細胞。 例如,有報導0 2激動劑可能將肥大細胞穩定化。支氣管 收縮性物質釋出之抑制可爲2激動劑阻斷由過敏原、運 動和冷空氣所誘發的支氣管收縮之原因。另外,$ 2激動 劑可抑制人類呼吸道中膽鹼能致神經傳遞,其可能導致減 低的膽鹼能致反射支氣管收縮。 除了呼吸道之外,也確定者,Θ 2腎上腺素受體也會 在其他器官和組織中表現因而Θ 2激動劑,例如本發明中 所述及者,可用於其他疾病的治療,例如,但不限於神經 -6- (3) 200533351 系統、早產、充血性心衰竭、抑鬱、發炎性和過敏性皮膚 • 病、牛皮癬、增生性皮膚病、青光眼以及降低胃酸度有利 , 之症狀,特別是胃潰瘍和消化性潰瘍。 賓 不過,有多種/3 2激動劑會因彼等的低選擇率或由高 系統性暴露所驅動且主要由是在呼吸道外表現的点2腎上 腺素受體上作用所媒介者之不良副作用(肌肉顫動、心動 過速、心悸、不安靜)使彼等的用途受到限制。 # 因此,對於具有恰當的藥學型態,例如就效力、選擇 率、藥物代謝動力學或作用持續期等而言者,之新穎沒2 激動劑仍有其需要存在。 【發明內容】 本發明係有關通式(1 )化合物:Among them, R, R, n, and Q have meanings that are not described below, and a method for preparing these derivatives, a composition including these derivatives, and uses of these derivatives. [Prior art] Adrenaline receptors are members of a large family of G-protein coupled receptors. The adrenergic receptor subfamily itself is further subdivided into the ^ and ^ subfamilies, where the Θ-subfamily includes at least three receptor subtypes: ySl, / S2, and yS3. These receptors exhibit different phenotypes in the tissues and organs of mammals. The / 3 2 adrenergic (/ 3 2) receptor is mainly expressed in smooth muscle cells (eg, smooth muscle such as blood vessels, bronchial tubes, urethra, or small intestine), while the point 3 adrenergic receptor is mainly expressed in adipose tissue ( So / 3 agonists are potentially useful for treating obesity and diabetes) and / 3 1 adrenergic receptors are mainly expressed in cardiac tissue (so / 5 agonists are mainly used as cardiac stimulants). The pathology and treatment of respiratory diseases have been extensively reviewed in the literature (see, for example, Barnes, PJ Chest, 1 997, 1] 1: 2 pp 178- 26 8 and Bryan, SA et al., Expert Opinion on (2 ) (2) 200533351 investigational drugs, 2000, 9 · 1? Pp 25-42) Therefore, only a brief description is provided here to provide some background information. Glucocorticoids, anti-white-three-flame, tea test, Crom ones, anticholinergics, and Θ 2 agonists constitute current treatments for allergic and non-allergic respiratory diseases such as asthma and chronic obstructive respiratory disease (CPD) Type of drug used. Treatment programmes for these diseases include short-term and long-term acting inhaled Θ 2 agonists. A short-acting, fast-starting Stone 2 agonist is used to `` rescue 〃 bronchiectasis, while a long-acting form provides continuous relief and is used for maintenance treatments. Bronchiectasis is mediated by the agonist mechanism of the 0 2 adrenergic receptor expressed on airway smooth muscle cells, resulting in relaxation and bronchiectasis. Therefore, as a functional antagonist, Θ 2 agonists can block and reverse all bronchoconstrictive substances, including leukotriene D4 (LTD4), acetylcholine, angiotensin, prostaglandin, histamine, and endothelin. Effect. Because the / 3 2 receptor is so widely distributed in the respiratory tract, cold 2 agonists may also affect other cell types that have a role in asthma. For example, it has been reported that 02 agonists may stabilize mast cells. Inhibition of the release of bronchoconstrictive substances may be the reason why 2 agonists block bronchoconstriction induced by allergens, movement and cold air. In addition, $ 2 agonists inhibit cholinergic neurotransmission in the human respiratory tract, which may lead to reduced cholinergic reflex bronchoconstriction. In addition to the respiratory tract, it is also determined that Θ 2 adrenergic receptors will also be expressed in other organs and tissues. Therefore Θ 2 agonists, such as those described in the present invention, can be used for the treatment of other diseases, such as Limited to Nerve-6- (3) 200533351 system, premature birth, congestive heart failure, depression, inflammatory and allergic skin Peptic ulcer. However, there are multiple / 3 2 agonists that may be adversely affected by their low selection rate or driven by high systemic exposure and are mainly caused by mediators acting on the point 2 adrenergic receptors acting outside the respiratory tract ( Muscle tremor, tachycardia, palpitations, restlessness) limit their usefulness. # Therefore, for those who have the appropriate pharmaceutical form, such as in terms of potency, selectivity, pharmacokinetics, or duration of action, novel agonists still need to exist. [Summary of the Invention] The present invention relates to compounds of the general formula (1):

OHOH

'ΧΎν(〇Η2)ηχ Q1'ΧΎν (〇Η2) ηχ Q1

R1 R2 ⑴ ch2oh ο 其中(CH2 ) n — c ( = ο ) Qi基係位於間位或對位, —R!和R2獨立地選自Η和C】一 C4烷基; —η 爲 0、1 或 2 ; —Q1爲選自 ^4 200533351R1 R2 ⑴ ch2oh ο where (CH2) n — c (= ο) Qi group is in meta or para position, —R! And R2 are independently selected from Η and C] —C4 alkyl; —η is 0, 1 Or 2; --Q1 is selected from ^ 4 200533351

與*— NR8— Q2 — A或*— NR8— Q3基之中的基,其中 —p爲1或2且q爲1或2 ; —Q2爲一單鍵或視情況有OH取代基的C! — C4烷基; —R8爲Η或C! 一 C4烷基; —Q3爲視情況含NR9R1()、OR9或苯氧基取代基之C! — C5烷 基, —A係選自: 。C3 - C1G環烷基,該環烷基視情況以一或更多個,較 佳者1、2、3或4個碳原子橋聯,且視情況含一羥基取代基 。一 5至6員雜環基,視情況爲芳族者,含有1或2個自0 、N. S中的雜原子,視情況含一或2個選自C! — C4烷基, 苄基和環丙基甲基之取代基或 R3 R4And * — NR8— Q2 — A or * — NR8— Q3 groups, where —p is 1 or 2 and q is 1 or 2; —Q2 is a single bond or C with an OH substituent as appropriate! —C4 alkyl; —R8 is fluorene or C! —C4 alkyl; —Q3 is a C! Alkyl group containing NR9R1 (), OR9 or phenoxy substituent as appropriate, —A is selected from:. C3-C1G cycloalkyl, which is optionally bridged with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms, and optionally contains a hydroxy substituent. A 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic group, optionally aromatic, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms from 0, N.S, and optionally 1 or 2 selected from C! -C4 alkyl, benzyl And cyclopropylmethyl substituents or R3 R4

基,D奎啉基或異 -8- (5) (5)200533351 喹啉基; 一 R3、R4、V、1^和r7爲相同或相異者且係選自H、c! 一 C4 烷基、〇R9、SR9、SOR9、S02R9、鹵基、CN、CF3、 OCF3 、 S02NR9R10 、 COOR9 、 C〇NR9R10 、 NR9R10 、 NHCOR]()和視情況有〇H取代基之苯基; —R9和R1()係相同或相異者且係選自Η或(^一(:4烷基之中者 —R11係選自Η或ΟΗ,且 —R12和R13爲相同或相異者且爲選自Η ;視情況含〇R9取代 基之 C〗—C4烷基;C(=〇) NH2; C(=0) CH3、 N ( CH3 ) C ( Ο ) CH3 ; C ( = 〇 ) 〇R9 ;視情況含鹵素取 代基之苯基;視情況含CN取代基之吡啶基;及視情況含 C】—C 4院基之吗二π坐基;且 一 *表對羰基的接點; 或’若恰當時’彼等的藥學上可接受之鹽類及/或異構物 、互變異構物、溶劑合物或同位素變異體。 式(1 )化合物爲yS 2受體的激動劑,特別可經由顯示 優良效力’尤其是通過吸入途徑投服時,而可用於治療召 2-媒介疾病及/或症狀。 於此處上述通式(1 )中,C】—C 4烷基和c】一 C 4伸烷 基表含1,2,3或4個碳原子的直鏈或分支基。Ci— C6烷基 表含1,2,3,4,5或6個碳原子的直鏈或分支基。此亦應 用於彼等載有取代基或作爲其他根基的取代基之時,例如 在0 — ( C】一 C 4 )烷基根、s — ( C】一 C 4 )烷基根等。適 -9- (6) (6)200533351 當(C1—C4)烷基根的例子爲甲基、乙基、正丙基 '異丙 基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基……。適當 0— (Cl—C4)烷基根的例子爲甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧 基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基和第三 丁氧基…… 其中有2個或更多個碳原子經視情況以一或更多個碳 原子橋聯之C3-C1G環烷基包括環丙基、環丁基、環戊基 、環己基、環庚基、金剛烷基、雙環〔3 · 1 · 1〕庚烷、雙 環〔2 · 2 · 1〕庚院、雙環〔2 · 2 · 2〕辛院。較佳的環院基爲 環己基和金剛烷基。 ''含1或2個選自Ο、N或S的雜原子,視情況爲芳族者 ,之5或6員雜環基〃的非限制性例子爲嗎啉基、吡咯烷基 、哌啶基、哌畊基、吡唑基、噻吩基、呋喃基、咪唑基、 異噻唑基、噻唑基、異哼唑基、Df唑基、吡啶基和嘧啶基 。較佳者,該雜環基含一個氮、兩個氮或含一個氫和一個 氧原子。 較佳的芳族5至6員雜環基爲吡唑基和吡聢基。 較佳的非芳族5至6員雜環基爲嗎啉基、吡咯烷基、_ D定基和喊哄基。 最後,鹵基表選自氟基、氯基、溴基和碘基所構成的 群組中之鹵素原子,特別者爲氟基或氯基。 於下文中,苯基上的自由鍵例如下面的構造中者,, D quinolinyl or iso-8- (5) (5) 200533351 quinolinyl;-R3, R4, V, 1 ^ and r7 are the same or different and are selected from H, c!-C4 alkane OH9, SR9, SOR9, S02R9, halo, CN, CF3, OCF3, S02NR9R10, COOR9, CONR9R10, NR9R10, NHCOR] () and optionally phenyl with OH substituents; -R9 and R1 () Is the same or different and is selected from Η or (^ 一 (: 4alkyl) -R11 is selected from Η or ΟΗ, and -R12 and R13 are the same or different and are selected from Η ; As the case may be C-C4 alkyl group containing a substituent of OR9; C (= 〇) NH2; C (= 0) CH3, N (CH3) C (O) CH3; C (= 〇) 〇R9; as appropriate A phenyl group containing a halogen substituent; a pyridyl group containing a CN substituent, as appropriate; and a π-substituted group containing a C] —C 4 radical; and a * table for a carbonyl contact; or 'if appropriate 'They are pharmaceutically acceptable salts and / or isomers, tautomers, solvates or isotopic variants. Compounds of formula (1) are agonists of the yS 2 receptor, and can be shown in particular by 'Excellent efficacy', especially when administered by inhalation In the treatment of 2-mediated diseases and / or symptoms. Herein in the above general formula (1), C] -C 4 alkyl and c] -C 4 alkyl groups contain 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbons. A straight or branched group of atoms. Ci—C6 alkyl groups are straight or branched groups containing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms. This also applies to those groups that carry substituents or serve as other radicals When it is a substituent, for example, 0- (C) -C4) alkyl radical, s- (C] -C4) alkyl radical, etc., suitable for -9- (6) (6) 200533351 When (C1- C4) Examples of alkyl radicals are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl'isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, etc .. Suitable 0— (Cl—C4) Examples of alkyl radicals are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy and third butoxy ... of which 2 C3-C1G cycloalkyl groups optionally having one or more carbon atoms bridged with one or more carbon atoms include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl , Bicyclic [3 · 1 · 1] heptane, bicyclic [2 · 2 · 1] heptane, bicyclic [2 · 2 · 2] Xin Yuan. The preferred cyclohexyl radicals are cyclohexyl and adamantyl. '' Contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from 0, N or S, as appropriate, 5 or 6 members Non-limiting examples of heterocyclylfluorene are morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperinyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, furyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl , Dfazolyl, pyridyl, and pyrimidinyl. Preferably, the heterocyclic group contains one nitrogen, two nitrogens, or one hydrogen and one oxygen atom. Preferred aromatic 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic groups are pyrazolyl and pyrido. Preferred non-aromatic 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic groups are morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, -D amidyl, and hydrazone. Finally, the halo group is selected from halogen atoms in the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodine, in particular fluoro or chloro. In the following, the free bond on the phenyl group is one of the following structures,

-10- (7) 200533351 意表該苯基可在間位或對位含取代基。 式(1 )化合物-10- (7) 200533351 means that the phenyl group may have a substituent at the meta or para position. Compound of formula (1)

可經由使用傳統程序予以製備,例如以下述示範方法製成Can be prepared using traditional procedures, such as the following exemplary methods

,其中除非另有不同敘述,否則Q1、Q2、R1、R2、A和η 皆爲前文對式(1 )化合物所定義者。 式(1 )醯胺衍生物可經由將式(2 )酸: ΟΗUnless otherwise stated, Q1, Q2, R1, R2, A, and η are all defined in the foregoing for the compound of formula (1). The amide derivative of formula (1) can be obtained by combining the acid of formula (2): 〇Η

ΗΟ 〜N F ch2oh οΗΟ 〜N F ch2oh ο

等胺偶合而製成。 該偶合通常是在超量的該胺作爲酸接受質之中進行的 ,採用傳統偶合劑(例如,1 一 ( 3 —二甲胺基丙基)一 3 -1卜 (8) 200533351 一乙基碳化二亞醯胺鹽酸或N,N / -二環己基碳化二醯 亞胺),視情況在觸媒存在中(例如,1 -羥基苯并三ti坐 水合物或7 -羥基一 7 -氮雜苯并三唑),及視情況在第 三胺鹼(例如,N —甲基嗎啉、三乙胺或二異丙基乙胺) 存在中進行。該反應可在適當溶劑例如吡啶、N,N -二 甲基甲醯胺、四氫呋喃、二甲亞硕、二氯甲烷或乙酸乙酯 中,及包括在10 °C與4 (TC之間的溫度(室溫)進行1 一 24 小時之期間。 該等胺可爲市售者或可用諳於此技者熟知的習用方法 從市售材料製成者(例如,用還原、氧化、烷基化、過渡 金屬媒介偶合、保護、脫保護等......)。And other amine coupling made. The coupling is usually carried out in excess of the amine as an acid acceptor, using a conventional coupling agent (for example, 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-1 (1) 200533351 monoethyl Carbodiimide hydrochloride or N, N / -dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), as appropriate in the presence of a catalyst (eg, 1-hydroxybenzotriti hydrate or 7-hydroxy-7-nitrogen Heterobenzotriazole), and optionally in the presence of a third amine base (eg, N-methylmorpholine, triethylamine, or diisopropylethylamine). The reaction can be carried out in a suitable solvent such as pyridine, N, N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylasyl, dichloromethane or ethyl acetate, and include temperatures between 10 ° C and 4 (TC (Room temperature) for a period of 1 to 24 hours. The amines may be commercially available or may be made from commercially available materials using conventional methods well known to those skilled in the art (for example, by reduction, oxidation, alkylation, Transition metal media coupling, protection, deprotection, etc ...).

式(2 )酸可從相應的式< OHThe acid of formula (2) can be obtained from the corresponding formula < OH

4)酯製成: (4) (CH2)〇Ra τ 〇 _ 其中Ra爲適當的酸保護基,較佳者爲(C】-c4 )烷基,其 包括,但不限於,甲基和乙基;其中可根據諳於此技者所 * 熟知從酯製備酸之任何方法,於不改變分子的其餘部份之 < 下製成。例如,可用酸或鹼水溶液(如,氯化氫、氫氧化 鉀、氫氧化鈉或氫氧化鋰)處理,視情況在溶劑或溶劑混 合物(例如,水、1,4 一二氧雜環己烷、四氫呋喃/水) 的存在中,於包括20 °C至1〇〇 °C之間的溫度,將醋水解一 段1至72小時之期間。 式(4 )酯可經由式(5 )胺: - 12- (9) 2005333514) Esters are made of: (4) (CH2) 〇Ra τ 〇_ where Ra is a suitable acid protecting group, preferably (C) -c4) alkyl, including, but not limited to, methyl and ethyl Which can be prepared without changing the rest of the molecule according to any method known to those skilled in the art * for preparing acids from esters. For example, it may be treated with an acid or alkaline aqueous solution (eg, hydrogen chloride, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, or lithium hydroxide), and optionally a solvent or a solvent mixture (eg, water, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran). / Water), the vinegar is hydrolyzed for a period of 1 to 72 hours at a temperature comprised between 20 ° C and 100 ° C. Ester of formula (4) can be via amine of formula (5):-12- (9) 200533351

R1 R2 (CH2) 〇RaR1 R2 (CH2) 〇Ra

其中Ra和n爲前文所定義者;與式(6)環氧化物反應而製 得:Where Ra and n are as defined above; reacted with the epoxide of formula (6) to obtain:

CH2〇H 於一典型程序中,式(5 )胺係視需要在溶劑或溶劑 混合物(如二甲亞碾、甲苯、N,N —二甲基甲醯胺、乙 腈)存在中,視需要於適當鹼(如,三乙胺、二異丙基乙 胺、碳酸鉀)的存在中,在包括8 0 °C與1 2 (TC之間的溫度 下,與式(6 )環氧化物反應丨2至4 8小時。 式(6)環氧化物可根據US-4031108中揭示者予以製 備。 Φ 式(5 )胺中,在R1爲M e且R2爲Η的情況中,可從經 保護的式(7 )胺製備成(R )或(S )鏡像異構物:CH2〇H In a typical procedure, the amine of formula (5) is optionally in the presence of a solvent or a solvent mixture (such as dimethyl arylene, toluene, N, N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile), and Reacts with an epoxide of formula (6) in the presence of a suitable base (eg, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, potassium carbonate) at a temperature between 80 ° C and 1 2 (TC) 丨2 to 48 hours. Epoxides of formula (6) can be prepared according to those disclosed in US-4031108. Φ In the case of amines of formula (5), where R1 is Me and R2 is R, the Preparation of (R) or (S) mirror isomers by amines of formula (7):

其中Ra和η皆爲前文所定義者且”和Rc表任何適當取代基 使得NHRbRc爲一手微性胺(例如,Rb可爲氫且Rc可爲、α 一甲基爷基)’但其限制條件爲Ν與Rb之間及Ν與RC之間 的鍵可以用切斷氮保護基的方法,例如在參考書'、 -13- (10) 200533351Where Ra and η are both as defined above and "and any suitable substituents in the Rc table make NHRbRc a one-handed minor amine (eg, Rb may be hydrogen and Rc may be α-methylmethyl)", but its restrictions For the bond between N and Rb and between N and RC, the method of cutting off the nitrogen protecting group can be used, for example, in reference book ', -13- (10) 200533351

Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" Third Edition by T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons Inc·,1 999中所載者,容易地切斷成爲游離式(5 )胺。 式(7 )胺可經由用式HNRbRc胺與式(8 )酮反應而 製備爲單一非鏡像異構物:Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis " Third Edition by T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1 999, can easily be cut into free (5) amines. An amine of formula (7) can be prepared as a single non-mirromeric isomer by reacting an amine of formula HNRbRc with a ketone of formula (8):

其中Ra,Rb,Rc和η皆爲前文定義者。 於一典型程序中,式(8 )酮與式HNRbRc胺的反應導 致一手微性中間體,其轉而可用適當還原劑(如式 NaCNBH3的氰硼氫化鈉、或式Na ( OAc ) 3BH的三乙醯氧 基硼氫化物),視需要在乾燥劑(如,分子篩.、硫酸鎂) 及視需要在酸催化劑(如,乙酸)存在中予以還原而得非 鏡像異構物混合物形式的式(7 )胺。該反應通常在溶劑 例如四氫呋喃或二氯甲烷中於介於2 0 °C與8 0 °C之間的溫度 ^ 進行3至72小時。然後將所得產物轉化成鹽酸鹽且從適當 的溶劑溶劑混合物(例如,異丙醇、乙醇、甲舊、異丙基 • 醚或異丙基醚/甲醇)選擇性地結晶化而得單一非鏡像異 ▲ 構物形式之(7 )。 於η二1的式(8 )酮可經由式(9 )芳基鹵化物與烯醇 化物或烯醇同等物的鈀媒介偶合而製成:Among them, Ra, Rb, Rc and η are those defined above. In a typical procedure, the reaction of a ketone of formula (8) with an amine of formula HNRbRc results in a handful of intermediates which can be converted to a suitable reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride of formula NaCNBH3, Acetyloxyborohydride), if necessary, is reduced in the presence of a desiccant (for example, molecular sieve., Magnesium sulfate) and optionally in the presence of an acid catalyst (for example, acetic acid) to obtain a formula (as a non-image isomer mixture) 7) Amine. The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at a temperature between 20 ° C and 80 ° C for 3 to 72 hours. The resulting product is then converted into the hydrochloride salt and selectively crystallized from a suitable solvent-solvent mixture (eg, isopropanol, ethanol, methyl ether, isopropyl • ether, or isopropyl ether / methanol) to give a single non- Mirror image difference ▲ One of the structures (7). The ketone of formula (8) at ηdi1 can be made via the palladium medium coupling of an aryl halide of formula (9) with an enolate or an enol equivalent:

〇 其中Ra爲前文所定義者且Hal表鹵素原子,其包括,但不 -14- (11) (11)200533351 限於溴和碘。 於一典型程序中,式(9 )芳基鹵化物係與經由用式 BwSnOMe的甲氧化三正丁錫處理乙酸異丙烯酯所原位( in situ )產生之烯醇化錫在適當的鈀催化劑 (式Pd(OAc) 2./P(〇— Tol) 3的乙酸鈀/三一鄰甲苯 基膦)存在中,於非極性溶劑(如甲苯、苯、己院)之中 反應。較佳者,該反應係在介於8 0 °C與1 1 0 °C之間的溫度 進行6至1 6小時。 式(9 )芳基鹵化物可經由將對應的式(1 〇 )酸酯化 而得: X>yoh (10) 〇 其中Hal爲前文定義者;其中係根據諳於此技者所熟知的 從酸製備酯之任何方法,沒有將分子的其餘部份改質之下 進行的。 於一典型程序中,式(10)酸係與式RaOH醇系溶劑 ,其中Ra爲前文所定義者,在酸例如氯化氫存在中介於1〇 °C與4 0 °C之間的溫度(室溫)下反應8至1 6小時。 式(1 〇 )酸爲商業產品。 式(5 )胺,於R 1與R2兩者皆爲C ! — C4烷基的情況中 ,可根據下面的反應程序製備: -15- (12) 200533351 反應程序1〇 Where Ra is as defined above and Hal represents a halogen atom, which includes, but is not limited to, -14- (11) (11) 200533351 is limited to bromine and iodine. In a typical procedure, an aryl halide of formula (9) and tin enolate produced in situ by treating isopropenyl acetate with tri-n-butyltin methoxide of formula BwSnOMe are in a suitable palladium catalyst ( In the presence of palladium acetate / tri-o-tolylphosphine of the formula Pd (OAc) 2./P(〇-Tol) 3, it is reacted in a non-polar solvent (such as toluene, benzene, hexane). Preferably, the reaction is performed at a temperature between 80 ° C and 110 ° C for 6 to 16 hours. The aryl halide of formula (9) can be obtained by acidifying the corresponding formula (10): X > yoh (10), where Hal is the former definition; wherein, it is based on the well-known from those skilled in the art. Any method of making esters from acids is performed without modifying the rest of the molecule. In a typical procedure, an acidic solvent of formula (10) and an alcoholic solvent of formula RaOH, where Ra is as defined above, and a temperature (room temperature between 10 ° C and 40 ° C in the presence of an acid such as hydrogen chloride) ) For 8 to 16 hours. Formula (100) acids are commercial products. The amine of formula (5), in the case where R 1 and R 2 are both C! -C4 alkyl, can be prepared according to the following reaction procedure: -15- (12) 200533351 Reaction procedure 1

(5) 其中R1、R2和Ra皆爲前文所定義者。 φ 於一典型程序中,係將式(1 1 )酯與'經活化〃烷基 (有機金屬烷基例如R2MgBr、R2MgCl或R2Li )使用上述 方法反應而得對應的式(1 2 )第三醇。 然後用烷基腈(如乙腈、氯乙腈)在酸(如硫酸、乙 酸)存在中處理該式(1 2 )第三醇而得經保護的中間體, 其轉而在使用切斷氮保護基的標準方法例如教科書中所提 及者予以切斷。之後使用本文所述方法將所得胺.基酸醋化 而得式(5 )胺。 鲁 或者,於R 1和R2皆爲c 1 — c 4烷基且η = 0情況中的式( 5 )胺可根據下面的反應程序予以製備: -16- (13) 200533351 反應程序2(5) where R1, R2 and Ra are all defined above. φ In a typical procedure, an ester of formula (1 1) is reacted with an activated fluorenyl alkyl group (organometallic alkyl group such as R2MgBr, R2MgCl, or R2Li) using the above method to obtain a corresponding third alcohol of formula (1 2). . The third alcohol of formula (12) is then treated with an alkyl nitrile (e.g. acetonitrile, chloroacetonitrile) in the presence of an acid (e.g. sulfuric acid, acetic acid) to obtain a protected intermediate, which is in turn used to cut off the nitrogen protecting group Standard methods such as those mentioned in textbooks are cut off. The resulting amines are then acidified using the methods described herein to give amines of formula (5). Alternatively, the amine of formula (5) in the case where R 1 and R 2 are both c 1-c 4 alkyl and η = 0 can be prepared according to the following reaction procedure: -16- (13) 200533351 Reaction procedure 2

•Br• Br

其中R1、R2和Ra皆爲前文所定義。 於一典型程序中,係將式(1 3 )酯與 ''經活化〃烷基 (有機金屬烷基例如R2MgBr、R2MgCl或R2Li)使用上述 方法反應而得相應的式(1 4 )等三醇。 然後用烷基腈(如乙腈、氯乙腈)在酸(如硫酸、乙 酸)存在中處理該式(1 4 )等三醇而得經保護的中間體, 其轉而在使用切斷氮保護基的標準方法例如在教科書中提 及者之下予以切斷而得溴胺(1 5 )。 使用適當的鈀催化劑(例如〔1,1 / 一雙(二苯膦基 )二茂鐵〕二氯鈀(II )在一氧化碳氣圍下使用RaO Η作 爲溶劑(例如MeOH、EtOH )在高溫(l〇〇°C )與壓力( 100 p si )下處理所得溴胺(15 )即得式(5 )酯。 式(8 )中n二2的酮可經由將式(1 6 )烯還原而製得Wherein R1, R2 and Ra are defined as above. In a typical procedure, an ester of formula (1 3) is reacted with an `` activated amidinyl group (organometallic alkyl group such as R2MgBr, R2MgCl or R2Li) using the above method to obtain the corresponding triol such as formula (1 4). . The triol of formula (1 4) is then treated with an alkyl nitrile (such as acetonitrile, chloroacetonitrile) in the presence of an acid (such as sulfuric acid, acetic acid) to obtain a protected intermediate, which is in turn used to cut off the nitrogen protecting group. The standard method is, for example, cutting off under those mentioned in the textbook to obtain bromoamine (1 5). Use a suitable palladium catalyst (eg [1, 1/1 bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] dichloropalladium (II)) and use RaO Η as a solvent (eg MeOH, EtOH) under high temperature (l 〇 ° C) and pressure (100 p si) treatment of the obtained bromoamine (15) to obtain an ester of formula (5). The ketone of ndi2 in formula (8) can be prepared by reducing the ene of formula (16) Get

(16) 於一典型程序中,係使用鈀催化劑(例如1 0 % Pd/ -17- (14) (14)200533351 c ) ’在氫氣圍下,視需要於高壓(如6 0 P s i ),介於室 溫與6 0 °C之間的溫度處理式(6 )烯烴在適當溶劑(如甲 醇、乙醇、乙酸乙酯)中的溶液。 式(1 6 )烯可經由活化烯烴與式(丨7 )芳基鹵化物的 金巴媒介偶合予以製備:(16) In a typical procedure, a palladium catalyst is used (for example, 10% Pd / -17- (14) (14) 200533351 c) 'Under the hydrogen environment, if necessary, a high pressure (such as 60 P si), A solution of an olefin of formula (6) in a suitable solvent (such as methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate) at a temperature between room temperature and 60 ° C. The olefin of formula (1 6) can be prepared by the coupling of an activated olefin with the jiuba mediator of the aryl halide of formula (丨 7):

於一典型程序中,係將芳基鹵化物(1 7 )與乙烯基酯 (例如丙烯酸甲酯)在適當的鈀催化劑(如式Pd ( PPh3 ) 4的四(三苯基膦)鈀(〇),式Pd(OAc)2/ P(o - tol) 3的乙酸鈀/三—鄰甲苯基膦或式dppfPdCl2的 氯化(二苯膦基)二茂鐵基鈀)存在中,於適當溶劑(如 乙腈、N,N—二甲基甲醯胺、甲苯)內,視需要在鹼例 如三乙胺的存在中’於40 °C與1 10°C之間的溫度下偶合8至 2 4小時。 式(17) _爲一種商品。 或者,式(1 )化合物可經由式(6 )溴化物與式(]8 )胺反應而製得:In a typical procedure, an aryl halide (17) and a vinyl ester (such as methyl acrylate) are reacted on a suitable palladium catalyst (such as the formula Pd (PPh3) 4 tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium ( ), In the presence of palladium acetate / tri-o-tolylphosphine of formula Pd (OAc) 2 / P (o-tol) 3 or (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene palladium chloride of formula dppfPdCl2) in a suitable solvent (Such as acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide, toluene), if necessary in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, 'coupled at a temperature between 40 ° C and 1 10 ° C 8 to 2 4 hour. (17) _ is a commodity. Alternatively, a compound of formula (1) can be prepared by reacting a bromide of formula (6) with an amine of formula (] 8):

其中R]、R2、以和n皆爲前文對式(1 )化合物所定義者, 除非另有不同敘述。Wherein R], R2, and n are the same as those defined for the compound of formula (1), unless otherwise stated.

於一典型程序中’係將式(1 8 )胺與式(6 )溴化物 視情況在溶劑或溶劑混合物(如二甲亞砸、甲苯、N,N -18- (15) 200533351 〜二甲基甲醯胺、乙腈)內,視需要在適當鹼(例如,三 乙胺、二異丙基乙胺、磷酸鉀)在包括8 0 °C與1 2 0 °C之間 的溫度下反應1 2至4 8小時。 式(1 8 )醯胺可經由將摻組著適當胺保護基P 1的式( 19)酸:In a typical procedure, the amine of formula (18) and the bromide of formula (6) are optionally in a solvent or a solvent mixture (such as dimethylformamide, toluene, N, N -18- (15) 200533351 ~ dimethylformate Methylformamide, acetonitrile), if necessary, at a suitable base (eg, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, potassium phosphate) at a temperature between 80 ° C and 120 ° C 1 2 to 48 hours. Formula (18) can be obtained via an acid of formula (19) incorporating an appropriate amine protecting group P1:

〇 與式NHR8 — Q2 — A、NHR8 — Q3胺偶合而製備成:〇 Coupling with amines of formula NHR8 — Q2 — A and NHR8 — Q3 to prepare:

該偶合通常是在超量作爲酸接受質的該胺之存在中, 使用習用偶合劑(例如,1 一 ( 3 —二甲胺基丙基)一 3 — 乙基碳化二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽或N,-二環己基碳化二醯 亞胺),視情況催化劑(例如,1 -羥基苯并三唑水合物 或1 —羥基- 7 -氮雜苯并三唑),及視情況在第三胺鹼( 例如N -甲基嗎啉、三乙胺或二異丙基乙胺)的存在中進 行。該反應可在適當溶劑例如吡啶、二甲基甲醯胺、四氫 呋喃、二甲亞硕、二氯甲烷或乙酸乙酯之中,及在介於1 〇 -19- (16) 200533351 C與4 0 C之間的溫度(室溫)下進行一段} — 2 4小時之時 間。 該胺爲市售者或可用市售材料以諳於此技者熟知的習 用方法(例如,還原、氧化、烷基化、過渡金屬一媒介偶 σ、保δ蒦、脫保護等......)予以製備。 式(1 9 )酸可從相應的式(5 )酯製得。 式(19)中R1和R2兩者皆爲匕―c4烷基的酸可從在酸 形成之前或之後摻加一適當胺保護基p i的酯(5 )製得:The coupling is usually in the presence of an excess of the amine as an acid acceptor, using a conventional coupling agent (eg, 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride Or N, -dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), optionally a catalyst (eg, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate or 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole), and optionally a third This is done in the presence of an amine base such as N-methylmorpholine, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine. The reaction can be carried out in a suitable solvent such as pyridine, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylasyl, dichloromethane or ethyl acetate, and between 10-19- (16) 200533351 C and 40. At a temperature between C (room temperature) for a period of} — 2 4 hours. The amine is commercially available or commercially available materials can be used in conventional methods well known to those skilled in the art (eg, reduction, oxidation, alkylation, transition metal-media couple σ, δ 蒦, deprotection, etc ... ..) be prepared. Acids of formula (19) can be prepared from the corresponding esters of formula (5). Acids in which R1 and R2 are both d-c4 alkyl groups in formula (19) can be prepared from the ester (5) added with an appropriate amine protecting group p i before or after the acid formation:

(5) (CH2)n^〇Ra(5) (CH2) n ^ 〇Ra

T 〇 其中Ra爲適當的酸保護基,較佳者(Cl — c4 )烷基,其包 括,但不限於,甲基和乙基;其中係採用諳於此技者所熟 知的從酯製備酸而不改變分子的其餘部份之任何方法。例 如,可用酸或鹼水溶液(如,氯化氫、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化 鈉或氫化鋰),視情況在溶劑或溶劑混合物(例如,水、 1^ 4 一二氧雜環己烷、四氫呋喃/水)存在中,於20 °C與 1 00 °C之間的溫度處理而將酯水解一段1至4〇小時之期間。 式(7 )胺,於R 1和R2兩者皆爲A的情況中’可根據 下面的反應程序予以製備: -20 - (17) 200533351 反應程序3T 〇 where Ra is a suitable acid protecting group, preferably (Cl — c4) alkyl, which includes, but is not limited to, methyl and ethyl; among them, the acid is prepared from an ester by the well known to those skilled in the art Without changing any method of the rest of the molecule. For example, an acid or alkaline aqueous solution (eg, hydrogen chloride, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, or lithium hydride) can be used, optionally a solvent or a solvent mixture (eg, water, 1 ^ 4 dioxane, tetrahydrofuran / water ) In the presence, the ester is hydrolyzed for a period of 1 to 40 hours at a temperature between 20 ° C and 100 ° C. An amine of formula (7) in the case where both R 1 and R 2 are A 'can be prepared according to the following reaction procedure: -20-(17) 200533351 Reaction procedure 3

X (CH2)n 〇Ra (21) ~(CH2)n 〇Ra 叉X (CH2) n 〇Ra (21) ~ (CH2) n 〇Ra fork

其中R1、R2和Ra皆爲前文定義著。 於一典型程序中’係在酯存在中將式(Μ)酸先還原 成對應的醇(2 1 )。此反應可經由形成醯基咪唑或混合酸 酐’然後用硼氫化鈉或任一種適當的還原劑予以還原而實 施0Among them, R1, R2, and Ra are all defined in the foregoing. In a typical procedure 'is the first reduction of the acid of formula (M) to the corresponding alcohol (2 1) in the presence of an ester. This reaction can be carried out by forming fluorenimidazole or mixed anhydride 'and then reducing it with sodium borohydride or any suitable reducing agent.

該式(2 1 )第一醇隨即轉化即脫離基例如甲烷磺酸根 、甲苯磺酸根、溴離子或碘離子且使用恰當的胺親核物予 以置換。較佳的親核物爲疊氮離子,其接著經由氫化或用 二苯基膦予以還原成第一胺。替代的親核物可包括氨或院 基胺例如苯甲胺或烯丙胺,且隨後將烷基切掉成爲胺。 對於上述製備式(1 )化合物的方法所包括的某些步 驟,可能需要保護潛在的反應性而不希望反應之官能基, 且於後面切斷該保護基。於此一情況中,任何相容性保護 基都可以使用。特別者,可以使用由τ· W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts ( Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons i n c ·, 1 9 9 9 )或由 P · J . K o c i e n s k i ( P ro t e c t i v e gro iip s,G e o rg Th i e m e V e rl a g,1 9 9 4 )所述保護 -21 - (18) 200533351 和胺保護方法。 用於前述諸方法中的新穎起始物之所有上述反應和製 備都是習用者且對於彼等的實施或製備所用的恰當試劑和 反應條件以及離析合意產物所用程序都可由諳於此技者參 考文獻先例與本文的實施例與製備例而熟知者。 此外’式(1 )化合物以及其製備所用中間體可根據 各種熟知方法,例如結晶或層析術予以純化。The first alcohol of formula (2 1) is then converted and left off, such as methanesulfonate, tosylate, bromide or iodide, and replaced with an appropriate amine nucleophile. A preferred nucleophile is an azide ion, which is then reduced to the first amine via hydrogenation or with diphenylphosphine. Alternative nucleophiles may include ammonia or aminylamines such as benzylamine or allylamine, and the alkyl group is then cut off to form the amine. For some of the steps included in the above method of preparing the compound of formula (1), it may be necessary to protect a potentially reactive functional group that is not desired to be reacted, and the protective group may be cleaved later. In this case, any compatibility protecting group can be used. In particular, τ · W. Greene and PGM Wuts (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons inc ·, 1 9 9 9) or P · J. K ocienski (Protective gro iip s, G eo rg Thieme V e rl ag, 1 9 9 4), and protection -21-(18) 200533351 and amine protection method. All of the above reactions and preparations of the novel starting materials used in the aforementioned methods are customary and the appropriate reagents and reaction conditions for their implementation or preparation, as well as the procedures used to isolate the desired products, can be referred by those skilled in the art The literature precedents and the examples and preparation examples herein are well known. In addition, the compound of the formula (1) and the intermediate used for its preparation can be purified according to various well-known methods such as crystallization or chromatography.

於本發明一較佳具體實例中,Q2爲一單鍵。 於本發明一較佳具體實例中,A係選自嗎啉基、吡咯 院基、哌啶基、哌13井基或吡唑基,該等基視情況含一甲基 取代基。 於本發明一較佳具體實例中,A係選自視情況含一或 二個C】一 c4烷基取代基的吡唑基者。 於本發明一較佳具體實例中,Q1爲* 一 NR8— Q3。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Q2 is a single bond. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, A is selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperidinyl, or pyrazolyl, and these groups optionally contain a methyl substituent. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, A is selected from pyrazolyl containing one or two C] -c4 alkyl substituents as appropriate. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Q1 is *-NR8-Q3.

於本發明一較佳具體實例中’ Q 1爲選自下列之基:In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Q 1 is a base selected from the following:

-22- (19) 200533351 其Φ ( ch2)。一 c ( = 〇) Q基係在間位或對位 —R1和R2獨立地選自Cl — C4:l:完基;-22- (19) 200533351 its Φ (ch2). A c (= 〇) Q group is in meta or para position-R1 and R2 are independently selected from Cl-C4: 1: complete group;

與 * - nr' A,其中p爲1或2,一(52爲C! — C4伸And *-nr 'A, where p is 1 or 2, one (52 is C! — C4 extension

Q 院基,R8爲Η或Ci — C4院基且A爲吼卩疋基;C 3 C】。環嫁基 ,該環院基視需要以1、2、3或4個碳原子橋聯’四氫卩形喃 基、哌啶基、四氫硫代哌喃基或下列基Q Yuanji, R8 is Η or Ci — C4 Yuanji and A is Houyiji; C 3 C]. Cycloalkyl, the ring base is bridged with 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms as needed. Tetrahydrofluoranyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrothiopiperanyl, or the following radicals

R5R5

—R3、R4、R5、R6和R7爲相同或相異者且係選自下列之中 者:H、C】一C4烷基、OR9、SR9、SOR9、S02R9、鹵基、 CN、CF3、〇CF3、S02NR9R10、COOR9、CONR9R10、 NR9RIG、NHCOR1()和視情況含OH取代基之苯基; —R9和R1()爲相同或相異者且係選自}!或C! — C4烷基且 一 *表對羰基的接點; 或,若恰當時’彼等的藥學上可接受之鹽類及/或異構物 、互變異構物、溶劑合物或同位素變異物。 含有下列取代的式(1 )化合物皆爲較佳者: -23- (20) 200533351 較佳者Q1爲*— NH— Q2— A基,其中A爲環己基或金 剛烷基。 較佳者,Q 1爲下列基—R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, C] -C4 alkyl, OR9, SR9, SOR9, S02R9, halo, CN, CF3, 〇 CF3, S02NR9R10, COOR9, CONR9R10, NR9RIG, NHCOR1 () and optionally a phenyl group containing an OH substituent;-R9 and R1 () are the same or different and are selected from}! Or C!-C4 alkyl and -A table of carbonyl contacts; or, where appropriate, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and / or isomers, tautomers, solvates, or isotopic variations. The compounds of the formula (1) containing the following substitutions are all preferred: -23- (20) 200533351 Preferably, Q1 is a * -NH-Q2-A group, where A is cyclohexyl or adamantyl. Preferably, Q 1 is the following

其中R3、R4、R5、和R6皆爲Η。R3, R4, R5, and R6 are all Η.

較佳者,Q1爲*— NH— Q2 — Α基,其中Α爲下式基Preferably, Q1 is * —NH— Q2 — Α group, where A is a group of the formula

其中R3、R4、r5、尺6和R7爲相同或相異者且爲選自h、Cl —C4烷基、OR9、SR9、SOR9、S02R9、鹵基、CF3、OCF3 、S02NR9R】G、CONR9RiG、NR9R】G、NHCOR】0和苯基,但Where R3, R4, r5, ruler 6 and R7 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of h, Cl-C4 alkyl, OR9, SR9, SOR9, S02R9, halo, CF3, OCF3, S02NR9R] G, CONR9RiG, NR9R] G, NHCOR] 0 and phenyl, but

其限制條件爲R3至R7中至少有2者等於Η ; 其中R9和RI()爲相同或相異者且爲選自C】一C4烷基者。 更佳者,Q1爲*—NH— Q2 — A基,其中A爲下式基The restriction is that at least two of R3 to R7 are equal to Η; wherein R9 and RI () are the same or different and are selected from C] -C4 alkyl. More preferably, Q1 is a * —NH— Q2 — A group, where A is a group of the formula

其中R3、R4、R5、R6和R7係相同或相異者且爲選自Η、OH 、oh3、och2—ch3、sch3、鹵基,較佳者 Cl或 F、cf3,Wherein R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of Η, OH, oh3, och2-ch3, sch3, halo, preferably Cl or F, cf3,

但其限制條件爲R3至R7中至少有2者等於H -24- (21) 200533351 於上述化合物群組之中,下列取代基爲特別較佳者: Q2 爲—CH2—、— ( C Η 2 ) 2—、一 ( C Η 2 ) 3—、或 身 , —(CH3 ) 2—,較佳者爲—CH2。 R]爲11或(:1— C4烷基且R2爲<^一(:4烷基。更佳者,Ri爲η 或CH3且R2爲CH3。 η爲1。 R1爲Η且R2爲CH3且η爲1。 • R】爲CH3,R2爲CH3且η爲1。 可以根據本文揭示的方法製得之下列化合物都是較佳 者: Ν —苄基—2— {3 -〔2— ( {2 - 羥基一 2 -〔5 -羥 基一 6一 (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2- 甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; Ν —環丙基—2—丨3 -〔2- ( {2 —羥基一 2-〔5 — 羥基一 ό—(羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 # -甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; 2 - { 3 -〔2— ( {2 —羥棊一 2—〔5 —羥基一 6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2一甲基丙基〕 苯基} —Ν— 〔 (1R,2S) — 2— (羥基甲基)環己基〕 乙醯胺; 2 - {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基一 2—〔5 —羥基一 6—( 經基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2一甲基丙基〕 苯基丨—N — ( 3 -嗎啉一 4 一基丙基)乙醯胺; 2 - {3— [ 2 - ( {2 —羥基一 2 -〔5 —羥基—6—( - 25- (22) (22)200533351 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N —(吡啶—2 -基甲基)乙醯胺; 2 — { 3 一 〔2 — ( { 2 一 經基 一 2 — [ 5 —經基—6 一( 羥基甲基)吼啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N-(2 -嗎啉一 4一基乙基)乙醯胺; 2 — { 3 一〔2— ( {2 —經基—2—〔5 - 經基—6 - ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基一 N—異丙基乙醯胺; N -(4 一氯节基)—2- {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基—2 —〔5 —羥基一6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一2 —基〕乙基丨胺 基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙釀胺; N— 〔2—(二甲胺基)乙基〕一2— {3— 〔2— ( { 2 —羥基一 2 — 〔 5 —羥基—6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基 〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; N — 〔 2 — (二乙胺基)乙基〕一2 — { 3 — 〔 2 — ( { 2 —羥基一 2 — 〔 5 —羥基—6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基 〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; N- 〔3—(二甲胺基)丙基〕一 2— {3— 〔2— { 2—經基一 2— 〔5 —經基一6—(經基甲基)D比B定一2 —基 〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; 2—丨3 -〔2— ( {2-趨基—2—〔5 —經基—6- ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一2 —基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 -甲基丙基〕 苯基丨一 N-戊基乙醯胺; 2 — { 3 — 〔2 — ( { 2 —經基一2 — 〔5 — _翌基一6 —( -26- (23) 200533351 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基)一 N— (2—吡咯啶—1—基乙基)一乙醯胺; N— (2,4 —二氯苄基)—2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥 基一2— 〔5—經基一 6— (經基甲基)批〇定一2 —基〕乙基 }胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; N— (3,4 —二氯苄基)—2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥 基一2— 〔5 —羥基一 6—(羥基甲基)吼啶一 2—基〕乙基However, the restriction is that at least two of R3 to R7 are equal to H -24- (21) 200533351. Among the above compound groups, the following substituents are particularly preferred: Q2 is —CH2—, — (C Η 2 ) 2—, one (C Η 2) 3—, or body, — (CH3) 2—, preferably —CH2. R] is 11 or (: 1-C4 alkyl and R2 is < ^-1 (: 4 alkyl. More preferably, Ri is η or CH3 and R2 is CH3. Η is 1. R1 is Η and R2 is CH3 And η is 1. • R] is CH3, R2 is CH3, and η is 1. The following compounds that can be prepared according to the methods disclosed herein are all preferred: N —benzyl—2— {3-[2— ( {2-Hydroxy-2- [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamide; Ν-cyclopropyl -2— 丨 3-[2-({2-Hydroxy-2- [5 —Hydroxy-1— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino)-2 # -methylpropyl ] Phenyl 丨 acetamidine; 2-{3-[2-— ({2-hydroxyfluoren-2- (5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridin-2-yl] ethyl} amino)- 2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N— [(1R, 2S) — 2— (hydroxymethyl) cyclohexyl] acetamide; 2-{3— [2— ({2 —hydroxyl 2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (Ethylmethyl) pyridine-2-yl] Ethyl 丨 Amino) -2-Methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 —N — (3- Phenyl-4-methylpropylacetamidine; 2-{3— [2-({2-Hydroxy-2-[5-Hydroxy-6- (-25- (22) (22) 200533351 hydroxymethyl) Pyridinyl-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — N — (pyridin-2-ylmethyl) acetamidamine; 2 — {3— [2 — ({2 1-Cycloyl 2- [5-Cycloyl-6- (Hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2 -yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N- (2-morpholine 4-4-ylethyl) acetamidamine; 2 — {3 1 [2— ({2-Cyclo-2— [5 -Cyclo-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl} Amine)-2 -methylpropyl] phenyl-N-isopropylacetamidamine; N-(4-chlorobenzyl) -2-2- {3— [2— ({2 — 经 基 —2 — [5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} ethylamine; N— [2- (dimethylamino) Ethyl] 2-{3-[2-({2 -Hydroxy-2-[5 -Hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2 -yl] ethyl} amino)-2 -methyl Propyl] phenyl 丨 ammonium amine; N — [2 — (diethylamino) ethyl] — 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —hydroxyl 2 — [5 —hydroxyl 6 — (hydroxyl (Methyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; N- [3- (dimethylamino) propyl] -2—3- [2— {2--Cyclo-2— [5—Cyclo-6- (Cyclomethyl) D is more than B-Cycloyl] ethyl} amino) —2-methylpropyl] phenyl丨 Acetylamine; 2- 丨 3-[2— ({2-Cytoxy-2— [5 —Cyclo-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino)-2- Methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 N-pentylacetamide; 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —Ethyl 2 — [5 — _Amidyl 6 — (-26- (23) 200533351 hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl) -N- (2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl) -ethylamidine; N- (2,4 —dichlorobenzyl) —2— {3— [2— ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5—Ethyl-6— (Ethylmethyl)]) Base} Amine group) 2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidine; N— (3,4-dichlorobenzyl) —2— {3— [2— ({2 —hydroxyl 2 — [5 — Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyrimidin-2-yl] ethyl

}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基)乙醯胺; 2 一 {3—〔2 — ( { 2 一 經基 一 2 —〔5 - 經基 一 6 —( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} -N—(4 —氧基苄基)乙醯胺; N — (2 —經基乙基)—2— {3 - 〔2— ( {2-趨基 一 2— 〔5 —羥基一6—(羥基甲基)吡啶一2 —基〕乙基} 胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— {3—〔2- ( {2 —笑至基—2—〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N-丙基乙醯胺; 2— { 3 -〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— 〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)毗啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N— (3 —甲氧基丙基)乙醯胺; N —環 丁基一 2— {3—〔2— ( {2-羥基—2—〔5 — 羥基一6 - (羥基甲基)吡D定一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 一甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; 2— { 3 — [ 2 — ( {2 —鞋基一2— 〔5 —羊至基一 6—( -27- (24) (24)200533351 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N— 〔 (1R) — 1— (1 —萘基)乙基}乙醯胺; N — 2,3 — _氨—1 Η — £卩—1 —基—2 — { 3 — [ 2 —( {2 —經基一2— 〔5 —經基一 6—(羊至基甲基)〇比[1定一2 - 基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2 - {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— 〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} — Ν — 〔 2 — ( 1 —甲基吡啶—2 —基)乙基〕乙醯 胺; Ν— (4—戴节基)一2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基—2 一 〔5 —羥基一6 - (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺 基)一2 —甲基丙基〕苯基}乙釀胺; 2 - {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} — Ν — (4 —苯基丁基)乙醯胺 ; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基一 2—〔5 —羥基一 6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} -Ν— (3-甲氧基苄基)乙醯胺; Ν — (3 —乙氧基丙基)一2— {3 — 〔2— ( {2 —羥 基一 2— 〔5 —羥基一6— (羥基甲基)吡啶一2—基〕乙基 }胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— {3— 〔2- ( {2 —羥基-2—〔5 —羥基—6 - ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} —Ν— (3,4,5—二甲氧基干基)乙醯胺; -28- (25) (25)200533351 2— {3—〔2— ( {2-經基—2—〔5 —經基一 6 - ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N— (4 一 (三氟甲基)苄基〕乙醯胺; 2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基一 2 - 〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N— 〔2—(三氟甲基)苄基乙醯胺; N— (3,5 —二甲氧基苄基)—2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —經基一 2— 〔5—經基一 6—(經基甲基)D比n定一2 —基〕 乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N—(2—苯氧基乙基)乙釀胺; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)—2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N — 〔 ( 1 S ) — 2 —經基一1 一甲基乙基)乙醯月安 2— {3—〔2 - ( {2 —羥基一 2— 〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} -N— 〔 (1S) — 1 一 (羥基甲基)一 2 —甲基丙基 〕乙醯胺; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— 〔5 —羥基一 6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N— 〔 (1S,2S) — 1 — (羥基甲基)一 2—甲基 丁基〕乙醯胺; -29- (26) (26)200533351 N〔 (1R) — 1—苄基—2 —羥基乙基)一2— {3—〔 2 — 2 —羥基一 2 — 〔 5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶 一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— { 3 — 〔2— ( {2 —經基一 2—〔5 —經基—6 - ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基丨一 N— 〔 (1R) — 1 一 (羥基甲基)丙基〕乙醯胺 , 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基—2—〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吼啶一2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N— 〔 (1S) — 1—(羥基甲基)一2,2 —二甲 基丙基〕乙醯胺; N— 〔 (1S) — 2—環己基一1—(羥基甲基)乙基〕 —2— (3—〔2— ( {2 -經基—2—〔5 —邀基—6-(經 基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)—2—甲基丙基〕苯 基}乙醯胺; N — [ ( 1 S 5 2 R ) — 2 —邀基—2’ 3 — •氯一1H —節 —1—基〕一 2— { 3- 〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— 〔5 —羥基 一 6 -(羥基甲基)唯啶一 2 —基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 —甲 基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} -N- (2—丙氧基乙基)乙醯胺; N — ( 4 —羥基環己基)—2 — { 3 - 〔 2 — ( { 2 —羥 基一 2 — 〔 5 —羥基—6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基 -30- (27) (27)200533351 }胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—〔5 -羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)—2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} -N-(3-丙氧基丙基)乙醯胺; N —乙基—N—. (2 —經基乙基)一2— {3— 〔2—( { 2 —羥基一2 — 〔 5 —羥基一6 —(羥基甲基)吼啶一 2 — 基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; 1— ( {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—〔5 —羥基—6 — (經基甲基)吼D定一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基 〕苯基}哌啶一 4 —羧醯胺; 6— {2— 〔 (2— { 3 - 〔2— (4 —乙醯基哌哄一1 — 基)一 2—酮基乙基〕苯基丨—1,1—二甲基乙基)胺基 〕一 1 —羥基乙基丨一 2 — (羥基甲基)D比啶一 3 —醇; 6 — {2—〔 (2— {3—〔2— (3,4一二羥基異_啉 一 2(1H)—基)一 2—酮基乙基〕苯基} — 1,1 一二甲 基乙基)胺基〕—1 一羥基乙基} 一 2 —(羥基甲基)吡啶 —3 —醇; N—节基—2— { 3 —〔2— ( {2 —經基—2—〔5 —經 基一6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基〕胺基)一 2 — 甲基丙基〕苯基丨一 N—甲基乙醯胺; 6— {1—經基—2— { 〔 (2 - {2— [ 4 — (2 —經基 乙基)—丨派哄一 1 —基〕一 2 -酮基乙基}苯基)—1 ’ 1 一 二甲基乙基)胺基〕一 2 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 —酮; 6— { 2 — { 〔2— (3—〔2— ( 4 — (4 —氯苯基)—4 -31 - (28) (28)200533351 一經基卩浪D定―〗一基)一 2-酮基乙基〕苯基)一 1,1—二 甲基乙基)胺基〕一 1一羥基乙基)一 (羥基甲基)吡 啶一 3 —醇; 6— {2— { 〔1,1—二甲基一2— {3— 〔2— (4 —甲 基哌畊一 1 一基)一 2-酮基乙基〕苯基)乙基)胺基〕一 1 一羥基乙基〕一 2 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一3 —醇; 2— {3 -〔2— ( {2 —羥基一 2— 〔5 -羥基—6—( 經基甲基)吼陡一 2 —基〕—乙基}胺基)一 2-甲基丙基 〕苯基} —N —甲基—N —(2 —苯基乙基)乙醯胺; 6 — { 2 — 〔1,1— —•甲基—2— {3— 〔2 —醒基一2 — (4 一吡D定—2 —基哌啶一 1 —基)乙基〕苯基)胺基〕—1 —羥基乙基)一 2 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 —醇; N — 〔3—(二甲胺基)—丙基〕一2— {3— ( {2 — 羥基一2—〔 5 —羥基一 6—(羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙 基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基丨一 N—甲基乙醯胺; N— (2 —經基乙基)一 2— {3— 〔2— ( {2—經基 一 2— 〔5—羥基一 6—(羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙基} 胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基丨一 N—丙基丙醯胺; N— 〔2— (二乙胺基)乙基〕一2— {3— 〔2— ( { 2 —羥基一 2 - ( 5 -羥基一 6 - (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 -基 〕一乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕苯基} — N —甲基乙 醯胺; 6— { 2 - { (1,1—二甲基一2— {3— 〔2- (4 —甲 基一 1,4一二氮雑箪一】一基)一 2-酮基乙基〕苯基)胺 -32- (29) (29)200533351 基〕一 1 一羥基乙基)一 2 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一3 —醇; 6 — [ 2 — ( {1,1 — 一 甲基 一 2 — 〔3 —(嗎琳 一 4 — 基一 2—酮基乙基〕苯基)乙基〕胺基)一 1 一羥基乙基) —2 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 —醇; 6— 〔2— ( {1,1—二甲基—2— 〔3— (2 —嗎啉—4 —基一 2—酮基乙基〕苯基)乙基}胺基)—1—羥基乙基 )一 2 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一3 —醇; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N -甲基—N—〔 (IS) —1—苯基乙基〕乙醯胺 , 6— 〔2— ( {1,1,一二甲基一2— 〔3— (2— 酮基 —2 —哌啶—1 —基乙基)苯基〕乙基}胺基)一 1 一羥基 乙基)一 2 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 —醇; 6— (1—經基 2— { 〔2-(3— {2—〔 ( 3 R ) 一 3 — 羥基吡咯一1 一基)—2—酮基乙基丨苯基)一1,1 一二甲 基乙基)胺基}乙基)一 2 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 —醇; 6 — (1 —經基—2 — { 〔2 — (3 — { 2 — [ 3 R ) — 3 — 羥基哌啶一 1 —基)—2 —酮基乙基丨苯基)—1,1 —二甲 基乙基〕胺基丨乙基)一 2 —(羥基甲基)吡啶—3 —醇; 6— { 2-〔 (2— {3— 〔2- (4 —乙醯基—1,4 —二 氮雜罩一 1 一基)—2 —酮基乙基〕苯基} 一1,1 一二甲基 乙基)胺基〕一 1 一經基乙基丨一 2—(經基甲基)D比卩定— 3 —醇; -33- (30) (30)200533351 6— (1 -羥基—2— { 〔2— (3— {2— (4—(羥基 甲基)哌啶—1—基)一 2 —酮基乙基}苯基)一 1,1—二 甲基乙基〕胺基}乙基)一 2 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 —醇 N— [ 1 ( {3—〔2- ( {2 —羥基—2— (5 -羥基— 6— (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基 丙基〕苯基}乙醯基)吡咯啶一3 —基} 一 N —甲基乙醯 胺; 2 一 { 3 — [ 2 一 ( { 2 一 經基 一 2 — (5 — 經基 一 6 一 ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} -N— (2—甲氧基乙基)一 N—丙基乙醯胺; N —乙基—2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基—2— (5-邀 基一6—(羥基甲基)〇比啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯基)一 N— (2 —甲氧基乙基)乙 醯胺; N— 〔3(二甲胺基)一2,2 —二甲基丙基〕一 2— { 3 —〔2— ( {2—經基一2— (5 —邀基一 6—(經基甲基) 吡啶—2 —基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 -甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯 胺; N— 〔3 —氟—5—(三氟甲基)苄基〕一2—丨3—〔 2 — 2 —羥基一 2 — ( 5 —羥基一 6 - (羥基甲基)吡啶 一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙_胺; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— (5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 -基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 -34- (31) (31)200533351 苯基} — N— 〔 (IS) — 1 一 (經基甲基)一3 -甲基丁基 〕乙醯胺; 2— {3— [ 2 — ( {2 —淫基—2 -(5 - 趨基一 6—( 羥基甲基.)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} -N- 〔 (IS) — 2 —羥基一 1 一苯基乙基〕乙醯胺 , N,N —二乙基—2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—( 5 —羥基一 6 - (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基) 一 2 —甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2 — { 3 — [ 2 — ( {2 —經基—2— (5 —經基 一 6 - ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N — 1 Η —吡唑—5 —基乙醯胺; 2— { 3-〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— (5 -羥基-6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} — Ν — (5 —甲基一iH — D比Π坐—3 —基)乙醯3安 ; N— (環己基甲基)—2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基— 2 — ( 5 —羥基—6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺 基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; 4 — ( {3 — 〔2 - ( {2 - 經基 一 2 一 (5 — 經基 一 6 一 (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 -基〕乙基)胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基 〕苯基丨乙醯基)哌哄—1 一羧酸乙酯; N — (5 —氯口比 Π定一2 —基)一2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 — 羥基—2 — ( 5 -羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一2 —基〕乙 基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; -35- (32) (32)200533351 2 — {3 - 〔2— ( {2 —經基—2— (5 - 經基一 6 - ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} (6—甲基卩比D定一 2—基)乙醒胺; 2 — { 3 一 〔2— ( {2 —經基—2— (5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} —Ν— (3—甲基吡啶—2 —基)乙醯胺; 2 — { 3 — 〔2— ( {2 —經基—2— (5 - 經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} 一 Ν —異D奎啉一 1 一基乙醯胺; Ν — (4,6 — 一 甲基 口比 Π定一2 —基)一2 — { 3 _ 〔2 — ({2—羥基一2 — (5 —羥基一6— (羥基甲基)吼啶一2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; 2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2- (5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} 一 Ν — ( 2 —甲氧基苄基)乙醯胺; Ν— 〔 (1S) — 1—干基一2 —經基乙基〕—2- {3 — 〔2 — 2 —羥基—2 — ( 5 ·-羥基—6 — (羥基甲基)吡 啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺 > Ν— (1—乙基一1Η — 口比 D坐一5 —基)一2— {3— 〔2 一 ({ 2 —羥基一2 — ( 5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; Ν— (1,3 —二甲基一1Η —吼唑一5 —基)一2— {3 一 〔2 — 2 —羥基一2 — ( 5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基) >36- (33) (33)200533351 吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯 胺; N— — 2— { 3 — [ 2 — ( {2-經基—2 一 (5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吼啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺 基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙釀胺; 1— ( {3— 〔2— ( {2 —淫基一2— (5 —經基一6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基 〕苯基}乙醯胺)—L —脯胺醯胺; 6— { 2 —〔 (2— { 3 —〔2— (5 —胺基—3 —第二 了 基一 1H —吡唑—1 一基)一 2 —酮基乙基〕苯基} 一1,1 一二甲基乙基)胺基〕一 1 一羥基乙基丨一 2 —(羥基甲基 )吼啶一 3 —醇; 2 — {3—〔2— ( { 2 一 經基—2 — (5 —淫基一 6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 -甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N — 〔 ( 1 S ) — 1 —苯基乙基〕乙醯S安; N — (3,4 — 一·甲基卞基)一2 — (3 — { 2 — 〔2 —控 基一2 — (5 —羥基一 6— (經基甲基)吼卩定一 2—基〕乙基 }胺基)一 2—甲基丙基}苯基〕乙醯胺; N— 〔2— (4 —氯苯基)乙基〕—2— (3 — {2—〔2 一經基一 2— (5 —經基—6—(經基甲基)D比Π定—2 —基〕 乙基丨胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; 6 — { 2 — 〔 (2 — { 3 — (2 — (1’4 一 > 氧雑 一 8 —氣 雜螺〔4.5〕癸一 8 —基)一 2 —酮基乙基〕苯基} 一 1,1 —二甲基乙基)胺基〕一 1—經基乙基} 一 2— (經基甲基 -37- (34) (34)} Amino} -2-methylpropyl] phenyl) acetamide; 2 {{3— [2 — ({2 aridyl-2— [5-aradyl-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine— 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} -N- (4-oxybenzyl) acetamidamine; N — (2 —Ethylethyl) — 2 — { 3-[2-({2-tauchi-2— [5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} ethyl Hydrazine; 2- {3— [2- ({2- laughter to 2--2- [5-meryl-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino)-2-methyl Propyl] phenyl} —N-propylacetamidamine; 2- {3-[2— ({2-hydroxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyrimidin-2-yl ] Ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N— (3-methoxypropyl) acetamide; N —cyclobutyl—2— {3— [2— ({ 2-hydroxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine D-di-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2 2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 acetamidine; 2— { 3 — [2 ({2 —Shoe base 2— [5 —Sheep to base 6— (-27- (24) (24) 200533351 hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2-methyl Propyl] phenyl} —N— [(1R) — 1— (1-naphthyl) ethyl} acetamidamine; N — 2,3 — —amino —1 Η — £ 卩 —1 —yl — 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —Cyclo-2— [5—Cyclo-6— (stilbyl to methyl)) 0 to [1N—2 —yl] ethyl} amino) —2—A Propyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; 2-{3— [2— ({2-hydroxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino} ) 2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — Ν — [2 — (1 -methylpyridin-2-yl) ethyl] acetamidamine; Ν — (4-dibenzyl) — 2 — {3 — [2— ({2-—Methoxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2-methylpropyl] phenyl} ethyl alcohol Amine; 2-{3— [2— ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] Phenyl} — Ν (4-Phenylbutyl) acetamide; 2- {3- [2— ({2-hydroxy-1-2- [5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amine )-2 -methylpropyl] phenyl} -N- (3-methoxybenzyl) acetamide; Ν-(3-ethoxypropyl)-2-{3-[2-( {2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; 2— {3 — [2- ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N— (3,4,5-dimethoxy dry group) acetamide; -28- (25) (25) 200533351 2— {3— [2— ({2-Ceryl-2— [5 —Ceryl-1 6-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine mono-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N— (4-mono (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] acetamidamine; 2 — {3— [2— ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N— 2- (trifluoromethyl) benzylacetamidamine; N— (3,5-dimethoxybenzyl) —2— {3— [2— ({2 —Ceryl-2— [5—Ceryl A 6- (via methyl) D ratio n-a 2-yl] ethyl} amino)-2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamide; 2- {3— [2— ({ 2-hydroxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N— (2-phenoxy Ethyl) ethyl amine; 2- {3— [2— ({2-hydroxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2— Methylpropyl] phenyl} — N — [(1 S) — 2 —Ethyl-1 monomethylethyl) acetamidine 2 — {3 — [2-({2 —hydroxyl 2 — [ 5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} -N- [(1S) — 1- (hydroxymethyl)- 2-methylpropyl] acetamide; 2- {3— [2— ({2-hydroxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino ) A 2-A Propyl] phenyl} — N — [(1S, 2S) — 1 — (hydroxymethyl) 2-methylbutyl] acetamide; -29- (26) (26) 200533351 N [(1R ) — 1 —benzyl — 2 —hydroxyethyl) — 2 — {3— [2 — 2 —hydroxyl 2 — [5 —hydroxyl 6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine 2 -yl] ethyl} amine A) 2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamide; 2- {3 — [2 — ({2 —Cyclo-2— [5 —Cyclo-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2 —Yl] ethyl} amino) —2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 —N — [(1R) — 1 ((hydroxymethyl) propyl] acetamidamine, 2— {3— [2— ({2-Cyclo-2— [5—Cyclo-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2—methylpropyl] phenyl} — N— [ (1S) — 1- (hydroxymethyl) -2,2-dimethylpropyl] acetamide; N — [(1S) —2-cyclohexyl-1— (hydroxymethyl) ethyl] -2 — (3— [2— ({2 -Cycloyl-2— [5 —Cycloyl-6- (Cyclomethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) —2-methyl Propyl] phenyl} ethanamine; N — [(1 S 5 2 R) — 2 —invitation — 2 '3 — • chloro-1H —section —1 —yl] — 2 — {3- 〔2— ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyrimidine- 2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino)-2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidine; 2— {3— [2— ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl}- N- (2-propoxyethyl) acetamide; N — (4-hydroxycyclohexyl) —2 — {3-[2 — ({2 —hydroxyl 2 — [5 —hydroxyl 6 — (hydroxyl (Methyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl-30- (27) (27) 200533351} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; 2— {3— [2— ({ 2-Hydroxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} -N- (3-propoxy (Propyl) acetamide; N — ethyl — N —. (2 — via ethyl) — 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —hydroxyl 2 — [5 —hydroxyl 6 — (hydroxymethyl base Amidin-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 acetamidamine; 1— ({3— [2— ({2 —hydroxy — 2 — [5 —hydroxy — 6 — (Aminomethyl) di-D-A 2 -yl] ethyl} amino)-2 -methylpropyl] phenyl} piperidine-4 -carboxamide; 6 — {2— [(2 — {3-[2- (4-Ethylsulfanyl piperazine- 1-yl)-2-ketoethyl] phenyl 丨 -1,1-dimethylethyl) amino] 1-hydroxyethyl Group 丨 2-(hydroxymethyl) D than pyridine-3-alcohol; 6-{2-[(2-{3-[2-(3,4-dihydroxyisoline-2 (1H)-group )-2-ketoethyl] phenyl} — 1,1 -dimethylethyl) amino] -1 -hydroxyethyl} -2-(hydroxymethyl) pyridin-3-ol; N-section —2— {3 — [2— ({2 —Cyclo-2— [5 —Cyclo-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2—yl] ethyl] amino) —2—methylpropane Phenyl] phenyl N-methylacetamide; 6 — {1—Ethyl — 2 — {[(2-{2 — [4 — (2 —Ethylethyl)) — # 1 — Base 2-ketoethyl} phenyl) -1 '1-dimethylethyl) amino] -1 2- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3-one; 6- {2 — {[2— (3— [2 -— (4 -— (4-chlorophenyl) —4—31— (28) (28) 200533351] Once the group is determined, the group is a single group) — 2-ketoethyl] phenyl) —1, 1-dimethylethyl) amino] -1,1-hydroxyethyl)-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 3-ol; 6- {2— {[1,1-dimethyl-2— {3— [2- (4-methylpiperidine-1, 1-yl)-2-ketoethyl] phenyl) ethyl) amino] -1, 1-hydroxyethyl]-2- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3 —Alcohol; 2— {3-[2— ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6— (Cyclomethyl) -Hydroxy-2-yl] —Ethyl} Amine)) Propyl] phenyl} —N —methyl —N — (2-phenylethyl) acetamide; 6 — {2 — [1,1— — • methyl — 2— {3— [2 — Axyl-2-(4-pyridine-2 -ylpiperidine-1 -yl) ethyl] phenyl) amino] -1 -hydroxyethyl) -2-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3 — Alcohol; N — [3- (Dimethylamino) -propyl]-2— {3— ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5—Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] Ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 N-methylacetamidamine; N— (2-—Ethylethyl) —2— {3— [2— ({2— 经A 2- [5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridin-2-yl] ethyl} amino group)-2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 N-propylpropylamine; N- [2— (diethylamino) ethyl] —2— {3— [2— ({2 —hydroxyl 2-(5 -hydroxyl 6-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine 2 -yl) -ethyl } Amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N—methylacetamidin; 6— {2-{(1,1-dimethyl-2— {3— [2- (4 — Methyl-1,4-diazepine-1] 1-yl) -2-ketoethyl] phenyl) amine-32- (29) (29) 200533351 group] -1 1-hydroxyethyl) -1 2 — (Hydroxymethyl) pyridine 3-alcohol; 6 — [2 — ({1,1 — monomethyl 2 — [3 — (morphine 4 —yl — 2-ketoethyl] phenyl)) (Ethyl) amino)-1 -hydroxyethyl) -2-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine -3 -ol; 6-[2-({1,1-dimethyl-2-[3-(2- Morpholine 4-yl-2-ketoethyl] phenyl) ethyl} amino) -1-hydroxyethyl) -2- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3-ol; 2- {3— [ 2- ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N-methyl —N— [(IS) —1-Phenylethyl] acetamidamine, 6— [2— ({1,1, dimethyl-1—2— [3— (2-keto-2—piperidine —1 —ylethyl) phenyl] ethyl} amino) -1 1-hydroxyethyl) -2— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3—alcohol; 6— (1—meryl 2— {[2- (3— {2 -— ((3R) —3-hydroxypyrrole—1-yl) —2-ketoethyl—phenyl] —1,1—dimethylethyl) amino} ethyl) — 2 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3 alcohol; 6 — (1 —Cyclo-2 — {[2 — (3 — {2 — [3 R) — 3 —hydroxypiperidine-1 Group) —2 —ketoethyl 丨 phenyl) —1,1 —dimethylethyl] amino group (ethyl) —2 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3 —alcohol; 6 — {2- [ (2— {3— [2- (4-Ethylfluorenyl-1,4-diazepine-1, 1-yl) -2-ketoethyl] phenyl} 1,1,1-dimethylethyl ) Amine]-1 via ethyl ethyl 丨 2-(transmethyl methyl) D ratio than 3-alcohol; -33- (30) (30) 200533351 6-(1 -hydroxy-2-{〔 2- (3- (2- (4- (hydroxymethyl) piperidine-1-yl)-2-ketoethyl} phenyl) -1,1-dimethylethyl] amino} ethyl )-2-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3 -alcohol N— [1 ({3-—2- ({2-hydroxy-2— (5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine 2-yl ] Ethyl} amino) -2 -methylpropyl] phenyl} ethylfluorenyl) pyrrolidine-3 -yl} -N -methylacetamidine; 2 1 {3 — [2 1 ({2 once 2- (5—Ethyl-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N— (2-methoxyethyl base ) -N-propylacetamidamine; N-ethyl-2— {3— [2— ({2 —Cycloyl-2— (5-Cetyl-6— (hydroxymethyl)) — pyridine-2 —Yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} ethenyl) —N— (2-methoxyethyl) acetamidine; N— [3 (dimethylamino) One 2,2-dimethylpropyl] one 2- {3- [2— ({2-meridyl-2— (5-meryl-6- (merylmethyl) pyridin-2-yl] ethyl [Amino group]-2-methylpropyl] phenyl} ethanamide; N— [3-fluoro-5— (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] —2— 丨 3— [2 — 2 —hydroxyl 2- (5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} ethyl_amine; 2- {3-—2- ({2-Hydroxy-2- (5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] -34- (31) (31) 200533351 Phenyl} — N— [(IS) — 1- (methylidene) -3 -methylbutyl] acetamidine; 2 — {3— [2 — ({2 —phosphino-2-(5 -Chemotactic 6- (hydroxymethyl .) Pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} -N- [(IS) — 2-hydroxy-1 1-phenylethyl] acetamidamine, N, N —diethyl — 2 — {3— [2 — ({2 —Hydroxy-2 — (5 —Hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine —2 —yl] ethyl} amino) — 2 —methyl Propyl] phenyl} ethanamide; 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —Cyclo-2 — (5 —Cyclo-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine 2-yl] ethyl} Amine group) 2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — N — 1 Η —pyrazole —5 —ylacetamide; 2 — {3- [2— ({2 —hydroxy-2 — (5-hydroxy -6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — Ν — (5 —methyl-iH — D ratio — 3 —yl ) Acetyl 3-A; N— (cyclohexylmethyl) —2— {3— [2— ({2-Hydroxy-2 — (5-Hydroxy-6 — (Hydroxymethyl) pyridine 2-yl]) } Amino} -2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 acetamidine; 4 — ({3 — [2-({2-mesityl 2-(5-mesityl 6-(hydroxyl Methyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl) amino)-2 -methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 ethenyl) piperidine-1 ethyl carboxylate; N — (5 —chlorine ratio One 2-base) one 2- {3— [2— ({2 —hydroxy-2 — (5-hydroxy-6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine — 2-yl] ethyl} amino) — 2-methyl Propyl] phenyl} ethanamide; -35- (32) (32) 200533351 2 — {3-[2— ({2 —Ethyl — 2 — (5 -Ethyl — 6-(hydroxymethyl ) Pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} (6-methylsulfonyl than D-di-2-yl) ethoxyamine; 2 — {3— [2— ({2 —Cyclo-2— (5—Cyclo-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2—methylpropyl] phenyl}} — N— (3 —Methylpyridine—2 —yl] acetamidamine; 2 — {3 — [2— ({2 —Crystalline—2— (5 -Crystalline-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2—yl]) } Amino}-2 -methylpropyl] phenyl} -N -iso-D-quinoline-1 1 -ethylacetamide; NH — (4,6 —methyl group than a 2-methyl group) 2 — {3 _ [2 — ({2-Hydroxy-2— (5-Hydroxy-6— (Hydroxymethyl) cyclohexyl-2—yl] ethyl} amino) —2-Methylpropyl] benzene Acetylamine; 2- {3— [2— ({2-hydroxy-2- (5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino)-2-methyl Propyl] phenyl} -N— (2-methoxybenzyl) acetamidine; Ν — [(1S) —1—dry radical—2—Ethylethyl] —2- {3 — [2 — 2 —Hydroxy-2 — (5 · -Hydroxy-6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidine> Ν— (1-Ethyl-1Hydroxy — 1-Hydroxy-D) — 2— {3— 〔2 — ({2 —Hydroxy-2 — (5-Hydroxy-6— (Hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2— Group] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} ethanamide; Ν— (1,3-dimethyl-1 1-oxazole- 5-yl)-2— {3 1 [ 2-2 -hydroxyl 2-(5 -hydroxyl 6-(hydroxymethyl) > 36- (33) (33) 200533351 pyridin-2-yl] ethyl} amine ) 2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamide; N— 2— {3 — [2 — ({2-Cyclo-2— (5-Hydroxy-6— (Hydroxymethyl) hexidine) -2 -yl] ethyl} amino)-2 -methylpropyl] phenyl} ethyl amine; 1-({3-[2-({2- 6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidine) -L-proline amine; 6- {2 — [(2 — {3 — [2 -— (5-Amino-3—Secondary 1H—pyrazole-1—1-yl) —2-ketoethyl] phenyl} —1,1—dimethylethyl ) Amine group] 1 1 hydroxyethyl 丨 2 2-(hydroxymethyl) amidin 3 3 alcohol; 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 aridyl group 2 — (5 — acyl group 6 — (Hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — N — [(1 S) — 1 —phenylethyl] acetamidine; N — (3,4 — mono · methylfluorenyl) — 2 — (3 — {2 — [2 —controller — 2 — (5 —hydroxyl 6 — (methyl via methyl)) —Yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl} phenyl] acetamidamine; N— [2- (4-chlorophenyl) ethyl] —2— (3 — {2— [2 Once the group is 2- (5—the group is 6- (Methyl)), the ratio of D is π—2- group] ethyl 丨 amino group)-2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 acetamidine; 6 — {2 — [(2 — {3 — (2 — (1'4 a > oxo-8-aerospiro [4.5] decyl-8-yl) -1 2-ketoethyl] phenyl} phenyl 1,1-Dimethylethyl) amino] -1,1-Ethylethyl} -1,2- (Ethylmethyl-37- (34) (34)

200533351 )吡啶一 3 -醇;及 N— (2 —經基;基)一2 - (3 — 一羥基一 2 —(5 —羥基一 6—(羥基甲3 乙胺基〕丙基}苯基)乙醯胺; N —卞基—2 — (3 — { ( 2 R ) — 2 (5 —經基一6—(經基甲基)吼Π定一 2 基丨苯基)乙醯胺; N — (3,4 —二甲基苄基)一 2 — —〔2 —羥基—2— (5 —羥基—6—(趕 —基〕乙胺基〕丙基}苯基)乙醯胺; N— ( 2,5 —二甲基苄基)一2 — —〔2 —羥基一 2— (5 -羥基一 6—(趕 —基〕一2 — (3 — { ( 2 R ) — 2 — 〔2 — 基一 6 —(羥基甲基)吼啶—2 —基〕乙 )乙醯胺; 2 — ( 3 — { ( 2 R ) — 2—〔2 —經基 6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙胺基 N — ( 2 —甲氧基苄基)乙醯胺; N — (2 —乙氧基节基)—2-(3 — 2-羥基—2-(5 —羥基—6-(羥基甲 〕乙胺基〕丙基丨苯基)乙醯胺; N— (3,4 —二氯苄基)一 2— (3 〔2-羥基—2— (5 —羥基—6- (羥^ 基〕乙胺基〕丙基丨苯基)乙醯胺,及 { 2 —〔( 2R ) - 2 I )吼啶一2 —基〕 一 〔2 -羥基—2 -一基〕乙胺基〕丙 (3 — { ( 2R ) — 2 丨基甲基)吡啶—2 (3 — { ( 2R ) - 2 丨基甲基)吡啶—2 羥基一 2 — ( 5 —羥 胺基〕丙基丨苯基 —2-(5 —經基― 〕丙基丨苯基)一 { ( 2R ) - 2 -〔 基)吼啶一2 —基 —{ ( 2 R ) — 2 — :甲基)吡啶一 2 — -38- (35) (35)200533351 N— (2 —氯一 6 —氟苄基)—2- (3— { (2R) - 2 一〔2 —羥基—2 - ( 5 —羥基—6 —羥基甲基吡啶一 2 —基 〕乙胺基〕丙基丨苯基)乙醯胺。 根據本發明一方面,通常較佳者爲式(1)中 (CH2 ) n — C ( = 〇 ) Q1基係在間位之化合物。 式(1 )化合物的藥學上可接受之鹽包括其酸加成鹽 和驗鹽。 適當的酸加成鹽係從形成無毒性鹽的酸形成的。其例 子包括乙酸鹽、己二酸鹽、天冬胺酸鹽、苯甲酸鹽、苯磺 酸鹽、碳酸氫鹽/碳酸鹽、硫酸氫鹽/硫酸鹽、硼酸鹽、 樟腦磺酸鹽、檸檬酸鹽、環己基磺酸鹽、乙二磺酸鹽、乙 磺酸鹽、甲酸鹽、反丁烯二酸鹽、葡庚糖酸(gluceptate )、葡萄糖酸鹽、葡萄糖醒酸鹽、六氟碟酸鹽、高芳苯甲 酸鹽(hibenzate )、鹽酸鹽/氯化物、氫溴酸鹽/溴化物 、氫碘酸鹽/碘化物、磷酸氫鹽、羥基乙磺酸鹽、D 一和 L -乳酸鹽、蘋果酸鹽、順丁烯二酸鹽、丙二酸鹽、甲烷 磺酸鹽、甲基硫酸鹽、2〜萘磺酸鹽、菸鹼酸鹽、硝酸鹽 、乳淸酸鹽、草酸鹽、棕櫚酸鹽、雙羥蔡酸鹽、磷酸^/氫 鹽、磷酸鹽/磷酸二氫鹽、焦葡萄糖酸鹽、葡萄糖二酸鹽 、硬脂酸鹽、丁二酸鹽、鞣酸鹽、D 一和L —酒不酸鹽、1 一羥基- 2 —萘甲酸鹽、甲苯磺酸鹽和苷萘酸鹽( xinafoate) 〇 適當的鹼鹽是從可形成無毒性鹽的鹼形成的。其例子 包括銘鹽、彳、ft fe:酸鹽、平星(b e n z a t h i n e )、錦、膽驗、 -39 - (36) 200533351 二乙胺、二卩惡胺(d i ο 1 a m i n e )、甘胺酸、離胺酸、鎂、 葡甲胺、n惡胺(〇 1 a m i n e )、鉀、鈉、三甲醇胺基甲院和 鋅等的鹽。 也可能形成酸和鹼的半鹽類,例如半硫酸鹽和半纟丐鹽 〇 有關適當鹽類的評論,可參閱Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts : Properties, Selection, and U s eby • Stahl and Wermuth ( Wiley-VCH,Weinheim, Germany, 2 0 G 2 ) 〇 式(1 )化合物的藥學上可接受之鹽可用下述三種方 法中的一或更多種予以製備: (1 )經由將式(1 )化合物與合意的酸或鹼反應; (ii)經由從式(1)化合物的適當先質移除酸一或 鹼一不安定性保護基或經由將適當的環狀先質,例如內酯 或內醯胺’使用合意的酸或鹼予以開環;或 • ( )經由使用恰當的酸或鹼或利用適當的離子交換 '介質反應將式(1 )化合物的一種鹽轉化成另一種鹽。 所有二種反應典型地都是在溶液中進行。所得鹽可經 由過濾收集或經由蒸發溶劑予以收取。所得鹽的離子化程 度可能從完全離子化變異到幾乎未離子化。 Φ發明化合物可能以未溶劑化和溶劑化兩種形式存在 。術語 '、溶劑合物〃於本文中係用以描述包括本發明化合 物和化學計算量的一或更多種藥學上可接受子的溶劑分子 例如乙醇之分子複合物。術語 '、水合物〃係用於該溶劑爲 -40 - (37) 200533351 水之時。 _ 本發明範圍內也包括諸如籠合物、藥物宿主涵包複合 物(drug -host inclusion Complex),其中,與前述溶劑 合物相異者,該藥物和宿主係以化學計算量或非化學計算 量存在。此外也包括含有化學計算量或非化學計算量的二 或更多種有機及/或無機成分之藥物複合物。所得複合物 可經離子化、部份離子化、或未離子化。有關此等複合物 _ 的評論,可參閱 Haleblian 的】.?1^1*111.3〇^ 5 6 4 (8),1 269-1288 ( August 1975) ° 於後文中,對式(1 )化合物的所有指稱都包括對其 鹽、溶劑合物和複合物及其鹽的溶劑物和複合物之指稱。 本發明化合物包括前文定義的式(1 )化合物,包括 其所有多形體(polymorphs )和晶體慣態,後文中所定義 的其前體藥物(prodrugs )與異構物(包括光學、幾何和 互變等異構物)以及經同位素標記的式(1 )化合物。 # 如指出者,式(1 )化合物所謂 ''前體藥物〃也包括 在本發明範圍之內。如此,本身可能具有很少或不具藥理 學活性的某些式(1 )化合物之衍生物,於投服到身體內 或身體上時,可能轉化成具有合意活性之式(1 )化合物 ,例如,經由水解切斷而得。此等衍生物經稱爲 ''前體藥 物〃。有關前體藥物的使用之進一步資訊可參考、、Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vo 1. 14,ACS Symposium ( T . H i g u c h i and W . Stella)及 '、Bio reversible Carriers in Drug Design in Drug Design" ,P e r g a m 〇 n -41 - (38) 200533351200533351) pyridine-3-ol; and N— (2-mercapto; yl) —2— (3-hydroxy-2— (5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl 3 ethylamino] propyl) phenyl) phenyl ) Acetylamine; N —fluorenyl — 2 — (3 — {(2 R) — 2 (5 —Cyclo-6- (Cyclomethyl) Hydroxyl — 2yl —phenyl) ethanyl); N — (3,4-dimethylbenzyl) —2— [2-hydroxy-2— (5-hydroxy-6— (co-yl] ethylamino] propyl} phenyl) ethanamide; N— (2,5-Dimethylbenzyl) —2 —— [2-Hydroxy-2— (5-Hydroxy-6— (Cycloyl) —2— (3 — {(2 R) — 2 — [2-methyl-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridin-2-yl] e) acetamidine; 2 — (3 — {(2 R) — 2— [2-methyl-6— (hydroxymethyl) Pyridyl-2-yl] ethylamino N- (2-methoxybenzyl) acetamidamine; N- (2-ethoxybenzyl) -2- (3- 2-hydroxy-2-2- (5 — Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) ethylamino] propyl 丨 phenyl) acetamidamine; N— (3,4-dichlorobenzyl) —2— (3 [2-hydroxy-2— (5 — Hydroxy-6- (hydroxy ^ yl) ethylamino] propyl 丨 phenyl) acetamide, and {2 — [(2R)-2 I) pyrimidin-2-yl]-[2-hydroxy-2- 1-yl] ethylamino] propyl (3- — ((2R) — 2 丨 methyl) pyridine — 2 (3 — {(2R)-2 —methylmethyl) pyridine — 2 hydroxy — 2 — (5-hydroxyamine Yl] propyl 丨 phenyl-2- (5-propyl-] propyl 丨 phenyl)-{(2R)-2-[yl) pyrimidine- 2 -yl-{(2 R) — 2 —: Methyl) pyridine 2 — -38- (35) (35) 200533351 N— (2-chloro-6-fluorobenzyl) —2- (3— {(2R)-2— [2-hydroxy-2— (5-Hydroxy-6-hydroxymethylpyridine-2-yl] ethylamino] propyl 丨 phenyl) acetamide. According to one aspect of the present invention, it is usually preferred to be (CH2) n in formula (1). — C (= 〇) Q1 is a compound in the meta position. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound of formula (1) include acid addition salts and test salts. Appropriate acid addition salts are those which form non-toxic salts. Acid formed. Examples include acetate, adipate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate Acid salt, bicarbonate / carbonate, bisulfate / sulfate, borate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclohexylsulfonate, ethanedisulfonate, ethanesulfonate, formate, Fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, gluconate, hexafluorodiskate, hibenzate, hydrochloride / chloride, hydrobromic acid Salt / bromide, hydroiodate / iodide, hydrogen phosphate, isethionate, D- and L-lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonic acid Salt, methyl sulfate, 2 ~ naphthalene sulfonate, nicotinic acid salt, nitrate, lactate, oxalate, palmitate, dihydroxycetate, phosphate ^ / hydrogen salt, phosphate / Dihydrogen phosphate, pyrogluconate, gluconate, stearate, succinate, tannate, D- and L-alcoholates, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoate, Tosylate and xinafoate. Appropriate base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts. Examples include salt, osmium, ft fe: acid salt, benzathine, brocade, bile test, -39-(36) 200533351 diethylamine, di amine 1 (amine), glycine , Lysine, magnesium, meglumine, n-amine, potassium, sodium, trimethylolamine and zinc. It is also possible to form acid and base hemi-salts, such as hemi-sulphate and hemi-salt. For comments on appropriate salts, see Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Usby. Stahl and Wermuth (Wiley- VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 20 G 2) pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formula (1) can be prepared by one or more of the following three methods: (1) by combining a compound of formula (1) with Desirable acid or base reactions; (ii) via removal of acid- or base-stability protecting groups from appropriate precursors of the compound of formula (1) or via appropriate cyclic precursors such as lactones or lactams' Ring opening using a desired acid or base; or • () converting one salt of a compound of formula (1) to another salt by using the appropriate acid or base or using an appropriate ion exchange 'mediator reaction. All two reactions are typically performed in solution. The resulting salt can be collected by filtration or recovered by evaporation of the solvent. The degree of ionization of the resulting salt may vary from fully ionized to almost non-ionized. The compounds of the invention may exist in both unsolvated and solvated forms. The term 'solvate' is used herein to describe a molecular complex comprising a compound of the invention and a stoichiometric amount of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable molecules of a solvent, such as ethanol. The term ', hydrate' is used when the solvent is -40-(37) 200533351 water. _ The scope of the present invention also includes, for example, clathrates and drug-host inclusion complexes, in which, in contrast to the aforementioned solvates, the drug and the host system are calculated in a stoichiometric or non-chemical manner The amount exists. Also included are pharmaceutical complexes containing two or more organic and / or inorganic components in stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts. The resulting complex may be ionized, partially ionized, or unionized. For a review of these complexes, see Haleblian's].? 1 ^ 1 * 111.3〇 ^ 5 6 4 (8), 1 269-1288 (August 1975) ° In the following, all references to compounds of formula (1) include their salts, solvates and complexes and their References to solvates and complexes of salts. The compounds of the present invention include compounds of formula (1) as defined above, including all polymorphs and crystal inertias thereof, and their prodrugs and isomers (including optics, geometry, and interconversions) as defined below Isomers) and isotopically labeled compounds of formula (1). # As noted, the so-called `` prodrugs '' of compounds of formula (1) are also included within the scope of the present invention. In this way, derivatives of certain compounds of formula (1), which may themselves have little or no pharmacological activity, may be converted into compounds of formula (1) with desirable activity when administered into or on the body, for example, Obtained by hydrolysis. These derivatives are referred to as '' prodrugs ''. For further information on the use of prodrugs, refer to, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vo 1. 14, ACS Symposium (T. Higuchi and W. Stella) and ', Bio reversible Carriers in Drug Design in Drug Design ", P ergam 〇n -41-(38) 200533351

Press, 1 9 8 7 ( ed. E. B Roche,American Pharmaceutical Association )。 根據本發明的前體藥物可經由,例如使用諳於此技者 所知可作爲'、前體部份體〃的分子體(m 〇 i e t i e s )置換式 (1 )化合物中所含的恰當官能基而製成,如在,例如 Design of Prodrugs” by Η. Bundgaard ( Elsevier, 1 9 8 5 ) 中所述者。 # 根據本發明的某些前體藥物之例子包括: (i)在式(1)化合物含有一羧酸官能基(一 COOH )之情況中,爲其酯,例如,式(1 )化合物的殘酸官能 基之氫被(C】一 C 8 )烷基所置換之化合物; (Π )在式(1 )化合物含有一醇官能基(一 OH )之 情況中,爲其醚,例如,其中將式(1 )化合物的醇官能 基之氫以(C! - C4 )烷醯氧基甲基予以置換所得化合物; 及 ® (iii)在式(1)化合物載有一第一或第二胺基官能 基(—N Η 2或—N H R,此處R关Η )之情況中,爲其醯胺, 例如’視情況,將式(1 )化合物的胺官能基所含一或兩 個氫用(c ! - C I 〇 )院酿基予以置換所得化合物。 根據前述例子和其他前體藥物例子的置換基之其他例 子可參閱前述參考資料。 再者,某些式(1 )化合物本身可爲其他式(!)化合 物的前體藥物。 於本發明範圍中也包括式(1 )化合物的代謝物,亦 -42 - (39) (39)200533351 即,在服用藥物後於活體內(i n v i ν ο )形成的化合物。根 據本發明的代謝物之某些例子包括 (i )在式(1 )化合物包含一甲基之情況中,爲其氫 甲基衍生物(―CH3— — C Η 2 〇 Η ); (π )在式(1 )化合物含有烷氧基之情況中,爲其 羥基衍生物(一 0 R— - Ο Η ); (i Π )在式(1 )化合物含有一第三胺基的情況中, 爲其第二胺基衍生物(一 NR^R2— — NHR1或一 NHR2); (iv )在式(1 )化合物含有一第二胺基的情況中, 其第一胺基衍生物(一 NHR1— — NH2 ); (ν )在式(1 )化合物包括苯基部份體的情況中,爲 其苯酚衍生物(—ph— - phOH );及 (v i )在式(1 )化合物包括一醯胺基的情況中,爲 其殘酸衍生物(—C0NH2-> — C00H )。 含有一或更多個不對稱性碳原子的式(1 )化合物可 存在爲二或更多種立體異構物。於式(1 )化合物包含一 烯基或伸烯基之情況中,可能有幾何順/反(或Z / E ) 異構物。於結構異構物可透過低能障互相轉化之情況中, 可發生互變異構性互變異構物〃)。此可在含有,例 如,亞胺基、酮基、或肟基的式(1 )化合物中呈質子互 變異構性形式,或在含有芳族部份體的化合物中呈所謂的 價互變異構性。因此單一化合物可能展現出一種以上的異 構性。 本發明範圍內也包括式(i )化合物的所有立體異構 -43 - (40) (40)200533351 物、幾何異構物和互變異構形式’包括展現出一種以上異 構性的化合物,及其一或更多者的混合物。此外也包括其 中的抗衡離子爲光學活性者之酸加成鹽或鹼鹽,例如,d —乳酸鹽或1 -離胺酸、或爲消旋性者,例如dl -乳酸鹽 或dl-精胺酸。 順/反異構物可用諳於此技者所熟知的習用技術,例 如層析術和分部結晶予以分離。 個別鏡像異構物的製備/離析所用習用技術包括從適 當的光學純性先質進行手微性合成或使用,例如,手微性 高壓液體層析術(HP LC )將消旋物(或鹽或衍生物之消 旋物)離析開。 或者,可將外消旋物(或消旋性先質)與適當的光學 活性化合物,例如,醇,或,於式(1 )化合物包含酸性 或鹼性部份體的情況中,與酸或鹼例如酒石酸或1 -苯基 乙胺,進行反應。所得非鏡像異構性混合物可用層析術及 /或分部結晶予以分離或將一或二種非鏡像異構物以諳於 此技者熟知的手段轉化成相應的純鏡像異構物。 本發明手微性化合物(和其手微性先質)可以使用層 析術’典型者HPLC,在非對稱性樹脂上,以包括烴,典 型者庚烷或己烷,內含0至50體積%,典型者2%至20%的 異丙酯’和從0至5體積%,典型地〇 . 1 %的二乙胺之移動 相而獲得富含鏡像異構物形式。溶析物的濃縮提供該富濃 混合物。 1體異構性晶團(c. 〇 n g I 〇 m e r a t e s )可用諳於此技者習 -44- (41) 200533351 知之習用技術予以分離一可參考,例如,'' Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds^ by E. L. Eliel (Press, 1 9 8 7 (ed. E. B Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association). The prodrug according to the present invention can be replaced, for example, by using a molecule known to those skilled in the art that can be used as a 'promoter' (moleties) to replace the appropriate functional group contained in the compound of formula (1). And made as described in, for example, Design of Prodrugs "by Η. Bundgaard (Elsevier, 1 9 8 5). # Examples of certain prodrugs according to the invention include: (i) in formula (1 ) Where the compound contains a monocarboxylic acid functional group (monoCOOH), it is an ester, for example, a compound in which the hydrogen of the residual acid functional group of the compound of formula (1) is replaced by (C) -C8) alkyl; Π) In the case where the compound of formula (1) contains an alcohol functional group (monoOH), it is an ether, for example, wherein the hydrogen of the alcohol functional group of the compound of formula (1) is (C! -C4) alkanoyloxy And (iii) in the case where the compound of formula (1) carries a first or second amine functional group (—N 或 2 or —NHR, where R is Η), The amidine, for example, 'as appropriate, one or two hydrogens contained in the amine functional group of the compound of the formula (1) is used (c!-CI 〇) The obtained compound is substituted. For other examples of the substituents according to the foregoing examples and other prodrug examples, refer to the aforementioned reference materials. Furthermore, some compounds of formula (1) may themselves be prodrugs of other compounds of formula (!). Also included in the scope of the present invention are metabolites of compounds of formula (1), also -42-(39) (39) 200533351, ie compounds formed in vivo (invi ν) after taking a drug. Metabolism according to the present invention Some examples of compounds include (i) in the case where the compound of formula (1) contains a methyl group, its hydromethyl derivative (“CH3 — — C Η 2 〇Η); (π) in formula (1) In the case where the compound contains an alkoxy group, it is a hydroxyl derivative thereof (-0 R—-〇 Η); (i Π) In the case where the compound of the formula (1) contains a third amine group, it is a second amine group Derivatives (a NR ^ R2-NHR1 or a NHR2); (iv) in the case where the compound of formula (1) contains a second amine group, its first amine derivative (a NHR1-NH2); ν) In the case where the compound of formula (1) includes a phenyl moiety, its phenol derivative (—ph — — PhOH); and (vi) in the case where the compound of formula (1) includes a monoamine group, it is a residual acid derivative (—CONH2- > — C00H). Contains one or more asymmetric carbons Atomic compounds of formula (1) may exist as two or more stereoisomers. In the case where the compound of formula (1) contains an alkenyl or alkenyl group, there may be geometric cis / trans (or Z / E) Isomers. In the case where structural isomers can be converted to each other through a low energy barrier, tautomerism tautomers may occur). This may be in the form of a proton tautomer in a compound of formula (1) containing, for example, an imine, keto, or oxime group, or a so-called valence tautomerism in a compound containing an aromatic moiety. Sex. Therefore, a single compound may exhibit more than one type of isomerism. Also included within the scope of the present invention are all stereoisomeric -43-(40) (40) 200533351 compounds, geometric isomers and tautomeric forms of the compounds of formula (i), including compounds exhibiting more than one isomerism, and A mixture of one or more of them. Also included are those whose counterions are optically active acid addition salts or base salts, such as d-lactate or 1-lysine, or those that are racemic, such as dl-lactate or dl-spermine acid. The cis / trans isomers can be separated using conventional techniques well known to those skilled in the art, such as chromatography and fractional crystallization. Conventional techniques for the preparation / isolation of individual mirror isomers include chiral synthesis or use of appropriate optically pure precursors, for example, chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HP LC) Or the racemate of the derivative). Alternatively, the racemate (or racemic precursor) may be combined with a suitable optically active compound, for example, an alcohol, or, in the case where the compound of formula (1) contains an acidic or basic moiety, with an acid or A base such as tartaric acid or 1-phenylethylamine is reacted. The resulting non-mirromeric isomers can be separated by chromatography and / or fractional crystallization or one or two non-mirromeric isomers can be converted into the corresponding pure mirror isomers by means well known to those skilled in the art. The chiral compounds of the present invention (and their chiral precursors) can be chromatographed, typically HPLC, on an asymmetric resin to include hydrocarbons, typically heptane or hexane, containing 0 to 50 volumes %, Typically 2% to 20% isopropyl ester 'and mobile phase from 0 to 5% by volume, typically 0.1% of diethylamine to obtain the image-enriched isomeric form. Concentration of the eluate provides the rich mixture. One-body isomeric crystalline groups (c. 〇ng I 〇merates) can be separated by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art (44) (41) 200533351, for example, "Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds ^ by EL" Eliel (

Wiley, New York, 1 994 )。 根據本發明一方面,下式(R,R) —立體異構物中 ,R1爲氫且R2爲C〗一 C4烷基,較佳者甲基,且η爲Q】皆爲Wiley, New York, 1 994). According to one aspect of the present invention, in the following formula (R, R)-stereoisomers, R1 is hydrogen and R2 is C? -C4 alkyl, preferably methyl, and η is Q]

上文定義者,通常爲較佳者。The ones defined above are usually the better ones.

本發明包括所有藥學上可接受之經同位素標記的式( 1 )化合物,其中一或更多原子被具有相同原子序,但與 自然界中主要的原子量或質量數不同之原子序或質量數之 原子所置換。 適合包括在本發明化合物內的同位素之例子包括氫同 位素,例如2Η和3Η ;碳同位素,例如和14C ;氯 同位素,例如3 6 C 1 ;氟同位素,例如】8 F ;碘同位素,例如 】231和1251 ;氮同位素,例如I3n和15n ;氧同位素,例如 150、170、和180 ;磷同位素,例如32p ;及硫同位素,例 如 3 5 S。 某些經同位素標記的式(1 )化合物,例如摻入放射 性同位素者’可用於藥物及/或受質組織分布硏究中。放 射性氘,亦即3H、和碳—Η,亦即,從彼等的容易摻 入及便利偵檢手段來看’特別可用於此目的。 用較重之同位素例如氘,亦即2H,取代可提供得自更 -45 - (42) 200533351 大代謝穩定性的某些治療優點,例如,活儀 加,或劑量要求之減低’因而於某些情況中 用正電子發射同位素,例如1】C、18F、 代可用於正電子發射局部解剖術(P E T )硏 受質受體佔有率。 經同位素標記的式(1 )化合物通常可 者所知技術或類似在後附實施例和製備例中 使用恰當的經同位素標記藥劑取代先前所用 製備成。 根據本發明的的藥學上可接受之溶劑合 結晶溶劑經同位素取代者,例如D20、d6 DMSO。 式(1 )化合物,彼等的藥學上可接受 衍生形式,都是有用的藥學活性化合物,彼 中涉及/3 2受體或其中此受體激動性可誘發 失調之治療和預防之中,特別是過敏性和非 疾病,而且也可用於其他疾病的治療中,例 神經系統、早產、充血性心臟衰竭、抑鬱; 皮膚疾病、牛皮癖、增生性皮膚疾病、青光 胃酸度中有利的症狀,特別是胃和消化性潰 預期用藥學用途所用的本發明化合物可 非晶態產品形式投服。彼等可用諳如沈澱、 乾燥、噴霧乾燥、或蒸發乾燥等方法得到, 、粉末或膜之形式。微波或射頻乾燥法可用 I內半生期之增 爲較佳者。 150 和 13N,取 究中用來探討 經由諳於此技 所述者之程序 未標記藥劑而 物包括其中的 —丙酮、d6 - 之鹽,及/或 等適合用於其 效益5的多種 過敏性呼吸道 如,但不限於 發炎和過敏性 眼以及在降低 瘍等者。 用其晶體型或 結晶化、冷凍 例如,固體塊 於此目的。 -46- (43) 200533351 彼等可,單獨服用或組合一或更多種別的本發明化合物 或組合一或多種別的藥物(或任何彼等的組合)一起服用 。通常,彼等係以與一或更多種藥學上可接受的賦形劑配 合的調配物形式服用。術語 ''賦形劑〃於本文中係用以描 述本發明化合物以外的任何成分。賦形劑的選擇大部份決 定於諸如特別給用方式,賦形劑對溶解度和穩定度的影響 、及劑型的本質等因素。 φ 適用來投送本發明化合物的藥學組成物及彼等的製備 方法皆爲諳於此技者所易於明白者。此等組成物及彼等的 製備方法可參考,例如,''Remington’s pharmacutical Science” ,19th Edition ( Mack Publishing Company,1995 )° 本發明化合物可經口服用。口服可包括吞服,使得化 合物進入胃腸道,或可採用經頰或舌下服藥,藉此使化合 物從口直接進入血流。 φ 適用於口服的調配物包括固體調配物例如片劑、裝著 粒狀物、液體或粉末的膠囊)、錠劑(包括經液體塡充者 )、咀嚼劑、多型一和奈米型一粒劑、凝膠、固體溶液、 微脂粒、薄膜、卵型劑、噴霧劑和液體調配物。 液體調配物包括懸浮液、溶液、糖漿和配劑。此等調 一配物可作爲塡充物用於軟質或硬質膠囊之內且典型地包 括載劑,例如,水、乙醇、聚乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基纖維 素、或適當的油、與一或更多種乳化劑及/或懸浮劑。液 體調配物也可以經由將固體,例如,得自藥包者,再調製 -47- (44) (44)200533351 而製備成。 本發明化合物也可用於快溶性、快崩解性劑型中,例 如在 Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents,11 ( 6), 981-986,by Liang and Chen ( 2001 )中所述及者。 用於片劑型時,依劑量而定,該藥物可佔有劑型的自 1重量%至80重量%,更典型者劑型的從5重量%至60重量 %。除了藥物之外,片劑通常包含崩解劑。崩解劑的例子 包括澱粉乙醇酸鈉、羧甲基纖維素鈉、羧甲基纖維素鈣、 交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉、交聯聚乙烯基吡咯烷酮、聚乙烯基 1:1比咯院酮、甲基纖維素、微晶纖維素、低碳數數院基-取 代羥丙基纖維素、澱粉、預膠凝澱粉和海藻酸鈉。通常, 崩解劑係佔有劑型的從1重量%至2 5重量%,較佳者從5重 量%至20重量%。 黏合劑係通常用來賦予片劑調配物凝聚性質者。適當 黏合劑包括微晶纖維素、明膠、糖、聚乙二醇、天然和合 成膠類、聚乙烯基吡咯烷酮、預膠化澱粉、羥丙基纖維素 、和羥丙基甲基纖維素。片劑也可包含稀釋劑,例如乳糖 (-水合物、噴霧乾燥-水合物、無水和類似者),甘露 醇、木糖醇、右旋糖、蔗糖、山梨醇、微晶纖維素、澱粉 和磷酸二鹼基鈣二水合物。 片劑也可視需要包括界面活性劑,例如月桂基硫酸鈉 和聚山梨酸酯8 0 ( poly sorbate 8 0 )、及助流劑(glidant s )例如二氧化矽和滑石。於含有時,界面活性劑可佔有片 劑的從〇·2重量%至5重量%,且助流劑佔有片劑的從〇.2 -48- (45) 200533351 重量%至1重量%。 片劑通常也包括潤滑劑例如硬脂酸鎂、硬脂酸鈣、硬 脂酸鋅、硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉及硬脂酸鎂/月桂基硫酸鈉 混合物。潤滑劑通常佔有片劑的從〇 · 2 5重量%至1 0重量% ,較佳者從0.5重量%至3重量%。 其他可能成分包括抗氧化劑、著色劑、調味劑、防腐 劑和味道遮蓋劑。 • 範例片劑包含多達約80%的藥物,從約10重量%至約 9 0重量%的黏合劑,從約〇重量%至約8 5重量%的稀釋劑 ,從約2重量%至約1〇重量%的崩解劑,及從約〇·25重量 %至約1 0重量%的潤滑劑。 片劑摻合物可直接壓製或用滾筒壓製以形成片劑。或 者可將片劑摻合物或摻合物的部份濕式一、乾式一、或熔 融造粒、熔融凝結、或擠壓後製成片劑。最後調配物可包 括一或多層且可經塗覆或不塗覆,其甚至可經膠封。 片劑說配物在 Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets, Vol. 1,by Η· Lieberman and L. Lachman ( Marcel Dekker, New York, 1 9 8 0 )中有討論到。 供人類或獸醫用的消耗性口服膜典型地爲易曲性水可 溶或水可膨脹性薄膜劑型,其可快速溶解或黏膜黏著且典 型地包括式(1 )化合物’膜形成性聚合物、黏合劑、溶 劑、保濕劑、增塑劑、安定劑或乳化劑、黏度調節劑和溶 劑。調配物的某些成分可能實施一種以上的功能。 式(1 )化合物可爲水溶性或水不可溶者。水溶性化 -49- (46) (46)200533351 合物典型地佔有溶質的從丨重量%至8 0重量%,更典型地 從2 0重量%至5 0重量%。較不溶性化合物’佔有組成物的 更大比例,典型地高達溶質的88重量%。或者,式(1) 化合物可呈多粒狀珠粒之形式。 膜形成性聚合物可選自天然多醣類、蛋白質、或合成 水膠體且典型含量爲在0.01至99重量%範圍內,更典型者 在30至80重量%範圍內。 其他可能的成分包括抗氧化劑、著色劑、調味劑和香 味增進劑、防腐劑、唾液刺激劑、冷卻劑、共溶劑(包括 油類)、潤滑藥、濕脹劑、消泡劑、界面活性劑和味道遮 蔽劑。 根據本發明的薄膜典型地係經由將塗覆在可剝離的襯 背承載體或紙上的薄膜水溶液蒸發乾而製備成。此可在乾 燥烘箱或洞道乾燥器內完成,典型地爲組合塗覆機乾燥器 、或經由冷凍乾燥或抽真空而完成。 口服所用固體調配物可經調配成爲立即及/或調節釋 放性。調節釋放性調配物包括延遲-、持續-、脈衝-、 控制-、目標導引和程控性釋放。 供本發明目的用的適當調節釋放性調配物經載於美國 專利第6,106 ; 8 64號之中。其他適當的釋放性技術例如高 能分散和滲透及塗覆粒子等可參考Pharmaceatical Technology On-line, 25 ( 2) 5 1·14,by Verma et al ( 2001 )。以咀嚼膠達到控制釋放的用途經載於WO 00/3 52 9 8之 中〇 -50- (47) (47)200533351 本發明化合物也可經直接給用到血流、肌肉、或內部 器官之內。非經腸給藥的適當手段包括靜脈內、動脈內、 腹膜內、鞘內、室內、尿道內、胸骨內、顱內、肌肉內和 皮下。非經腸給藥所用的適當裝置包括針(包括微型針) 注射器、無針注射器及注輸技術。 非經腸調配物典型地爲水溶液,其中可包含賦形劑例 如鹽、醣類和緩衝劑(較佳者到從3至9的ρ Η値),不過 ,於某些應用,彼等可更適當地經調配爲無菌非水溶液或 呈乾燥形式以與適當媒劑例如無菌、無熱原水,配合使用 〇 在無菌條件下例如,經由冷凍乾燥的非經腸調配物之 製備可以使用諳於此技者熟知的標準藥學技術輕易地完成 〇 製備非經腸溶液中所用的式(1 )化合物之溶解度可 經由使用恰當的調配技術,例如摻入溶解度增強劑,而增 加。 非經腸給藥所用調配物可經調配成立即釋放性及/或 調節釋放性。調節釋放性調配物包括延遲-、持續-、脈 衝-、控制一、目標導引和程控等釋放性。如此,本發明 化合物可經調配成固體、半固體、或搖變性液體以供以植 入貯器(depot )形式給藥而提供活性化合物的調節釋放 。此等調配物的例子包括經塗覆藥物的撐開器(stent )及 聚(dl-乳酸一共一乙醇酸)(PGLA)微球體。 本發明化合物也可經局部地給用到皮膚或黏膜,亦即 -51 - (48) (48)200533351 ,皮周或透皮地方式。此目的所用的典型調配物包括凝膠 、水凝膠、洗液、溶液、乳膏、軟膏、酒粉、敷劑、泡沬 劑、膜、皮膚貼片、包藥麵片、植體、海綿、纖維、繃帶 和微乳液。也可以使用微脂粒。典型的載劑包括醇、水、 礦油、液體石蠟油、白石蠟油、甘油、聚乙二醇和丙二醇 。可以ί爹入芽透增強劑—參看,j Pharn Sci,88 ( 10); 955-958,by Finnin and Morgan ( October 1999)。 其他局部給藥手段包括經由電穿孔法、離子電滲法、 音波電滲法 (phonophoresis )、聲納電滲法 ( s ο η 〇 p h 〇 r e s i s )及微針頭或無針頭注射(例如 Po wderj ect ™ ,Bioject™ ,等)。 局部給藥用的調配物可經調配成立即及/或調節釋放 性。調節釋放性調配物包括延遲一、持續-、脈衝一、控 制-、目標導引和程控等釋放。 本發明化合物也可經鼻內或經吸入而給用,典型地係 呈乾粉形式(單獨地、或呈混合物形式,例如,與乳糖的 乾摻合物、或呈混合成分粒子,例如,與磷脂質例如磷脂 醯基膽鹼混合)從乾粉吸入器投服、或以氣霧劑噴霧形式 從壓力容器、泵、噴器、噴霧機(較佳者使用電流體動力 器的噴霧機以產生細粉)、或噴霧器,有或沒有使用適當 的噴霧劑基質例如1,1,1,2 —四氟乙烷或1,1,1,2, 3,3,3-七氟丙烷者。對於鼻內用途,該粉末可包括生 物黏著劑,例如,脫乙醯殼多糖或環糊精。 壓力容器、泵、噴器、噴霧機、或噴霧器裝著本發明 - 52- (49) (49)200533351 化合物的溶液或懸浮液其中包括’例如,乙醇、乙醇水溶 液、或適當的用來分散、溶解化、或延長活性物釋放所用 替代藥劑,作爲溶劑的氣霧劑基質和選用的界面活性劑, 例如山梨糖醇酐三油酸酯、油酸、或低聚乳酸。 在用於乾粉或懸浮液調配物內之前,係將藥物產品微 粉化或適合經由吸入投遞之尺寸(典型者小於5微米)。 此可經由恰當的硏粉法,例如螺旋噴射硏磨、流體床噴射 硏磨、超臨界流體處理以形成奈米粒子、高壓勻化、或噴 霧乾燥。 用於吸入器或吹入器內的膠囊(自例如明膠或羥丙基 甲基纖維素製成者)、發泡藥 '和藥局可經調配以裝塡含 本發明化合物,適當粉末基質例如乳糖或澱粉及性能改質 劑例如1 -白胺酸、甘露醇、或硬脂酸鎂、之粉末混合物 。該乳煻可爲無水或呈一水合物形式,較佳者爲後者。其 他適當賦形劑包括聚葡糖、葡萄糖、麥芽糖、山梨醇、木 糖醇、果糖、蔗糖和海藻糖。 用於使用電流體力學以產生細霧的噴霧機內之適當溶 液調配物可包含從1微克至2 0毫克的本發明化合物每促動 且促動體積可從1微升至100微升。典型調配物可包括式( 1 )化合物,丙二醇、無菌水、乙醇和氯化鈉。可以取代 丙二醇使用的替代溶劑包括甘油和聚乙二醇。 適當調味劑’例如薄荷醇和左旋薄荷醇、或甜味劑, 例如糖精或糖精鈉,可以加到預期用於吸入/鼻內服藥之 本發明調配物中。 -53- (50) (50)200533351 用於吸入/鼻內給藥的調配物可經使用’例如’ PGLA,調配或立即及/或調節釋放。調節釋放調配物包 括延遲—、持續一、脈衝一、控制一、目標導引一及程控 性釋放。 於乾粉吸入器和氣霧劑的情況中,劑量單位係利用投 遞一給定量的閥所決定。根據本發明的單位典型地係女裝 來投遞—從0.001毫克至10毫克的給定劑量或''噴〃 (puff )之式(1)化合物。整個每日劑量典型地係在0·001毫克 至40毫克範圍內,此可用一單一劑量,或更常者’於一天 內數分劑形式給甩。 式(1 )化合物特別適合於吸入投藥所用。 本發明化合物可經直腸或陰道投藥,例如,呈栓藥、 陰道栓藥、或灌腸劑形式使用。可可豆脂爲習用栓藥基質 ,不過有多種替代物可視恰當地使用。 直腸/陰道給藥用的調配物可經調配成爲立即及/或 調節釋放性。調節釋放性調配物包括延遲-、持續-、脈 衝一、控制一、目標導引和程控一等釋放性。 本發明化合物也可直接投服到眼睛或耳朵,典型地係 呈在等張性、pH -調整過的無菌食鹽水中之微粉化懸浮 液或溶液的液滴形式。適用於眼和可給藥用的其他調配物 包括軟膏、生物可降解(如可吸收的凝膠海綿、膠原)和 非生物可降解(如矽酮)植體、包藥片、透鏡和粒或泡狀 系統’例如非離子表面活性劑微囊(niosome )或微脂粒 。聚合物例如交聯聚丙烯酸、聚乙烯酸、透明質酸、纖維 -54- (51) 200533351 素質聚合物,例如,羥丙基甲基纖維素、羥乙基纖維素、 • 或甲基纖維素或雜多醣聚合物,例如,吉蘭膠(gel an • gum )、可與防腐劑例如氯化苄烷銨一起摻加。此等調配 物也可以經由離子電滲法投遞。 供服/或給藥用的調配物可經調配成爲立即及/或調 節釋放性。調節釋放性調配物包括延遲一、持續一、脈衝 一、控制一、目標導引一、或程控性一釋放。 • 本發明化合物可與可溶性巨分子體,例如環糖精和其 適當衍生物、或含聚乙二醇的聚合物,混配以改良彼等的 溶解度、溶解速率、味道遮蔽、生物利用率及/或穩定性 以用於任何上述給藥方式。 例如’藥物一環糊精複合物經發現通常可用於大部份 劑型和給用途徑。包涵括型和非包涵型兩種複合都可以使 用。作爲與藥物直接複合的替代者,可以使用環糊精作爲 輔助添加劑,亦即作爲載劑、稀釋劑、或溶解化劑。最常 用於此目的者爲、/3 —和7 —環糊精,其例子可參看 國際專利申請第WO 91/11172、WO 94/02 5 18和 W 098/55148。 既然爲了,例如,治療-特別疾病或症狀之目的,可 能宜於給用活性成分組合,在本發明範圍內者,可以方便 地將二或更多藥學組成物,其中至少一者包含本發明化合 物者,予以組合成適合的諸組成物共同投服用之套組。 如此,本發明套組包括二或更多分開的藥學組成物, 其中至少一者包含本發明式(1 )化合物,及分開保持該 -55- (52) 200533351 等組成物所用工具,例如容器、分瓶、或分開的箔包。此 • 等套組的一例子爲包裝片劑、膠囊和類似者所用的熟悉泡 包(blister pack )。 本發明套組特別適用於投服不同的劑型,例如非經腸 劑型’以於不同的投服間隔投服分開的組成物,或對彼此 分開的組成物進行滴定。爲了幫助順服性,該套組典型地 包括服藥指引且可以加裝所謂的記憶幫助物。 φ 要給人類患者服用者,本發明化合物的總每日劑量典 型地係在0.001毫克至5000毫克範圍內,當然,決定於給 藥方式。例如,靜脈內每日劑量可能只需要從0 . 〇〇 i毫克 至4 0毫克。總每□劑量可於單一劑或分數劑給用且可在醫 生的決定下.,落於本文所給典型範圍之外。 此等劑量係以具有約6 5公斤至7 0公斤體重的平均人類 患者爲基準。醫生都能順利地定出體重超出此範圍的患者 ,例如嬰兒和老年人所用劑量。 # 爲了避免疑問,本文對、'治療〃之指稱係包括治瘛性 ’治標性和預防性治療。 根據本發明另一具體實例,式(1 )化合物,或其藥 學上可接受之鹽,衍生形式或組成物,也可以與一或多種 額外治療劑組合以共同投給患者以得到某些特別合意的治 療性終端結果例如病理生理學相關的疾病過程之治療,包 括但不限於(i )支氣管收縮、(i i )發炎、(i i i )過敏性 、(i v )組織破壞、(v )跡象和徵候例如氣喘、咳嗽。 該第二種和更多種額外治療也可爲式(1 )化合物,或其 -56- (53) 200533351 薬學上可接受之鹽,衍生形式或組成物,或一或多種技藝 . 上已知的石2激動劑。更典型者,該第二種和更多種治療 劑係選自不同類別的治療劑之中。 如文本中所用者,術語 '、共同給用〃, '、經共同給用 和組合者,於指稱式(I )化合物和一或更多種其 他治療劑之時,意欲指,且確實指稱並包括下列: •將式(1 )化合物和治療劑的此等組合同時給需要 Φ 治療的患者服用,此等成分係經調配在一起成爲單一劑型 以在實質相同時間將該等成分釋放給該患者, •將式(1 )化合物和治療劑的此等組合實施同時地 給有需要治療的患者服用,此等成分係經彼此分開調配成 分開的劑量由該患者於實質相同的時間服用,其後該等成 分於實質相同的時間下釋放給該患者, •將式(1 )化合物和治療劑的此等組合依序給有需 要治療的患者服用,此等成分係經彼此分開調配成分開的 Φ 劑型’於連續的時間給該患者在每一給藥之間有明顯時間 隔之下服用’其後該等成分在實質不同的時間釋放給該患 者,及 •將式(1 )化合物和治療劑的此等組合依序給有需 要治療的患者服用’此等成分係經調配在一起成爲單一劑 型’其係以控制方式釋放該等成分,其後彼等係於相同及 /或不同時間同時地,連續地及/或重疊地給該患者服用 其中每一部份可經由相同或不同的途徑投服。 -57- (54) (54)200533351 可以與式(1 )化合物,或其藥學上可接受之鹽,衍 生形式或組成物組合地使用之其他治療劑的適當例子包括 ,但絕不限於: (a ) 5 -脂肪氧合酶(5 - L Ο )抑制劑或5 —脂肪氧 合酶活化性蛋白質(FLAP )拮抗劑, (b )白三烯拮抗劑(LTRAS )包括LTB4、LTC4、 LTD4和LTE4的拮抗齊!j, (c )組織胺受體拮抗劑包括Η !和H3拮抗劑, (d ) α ! -和α 2 —腎上腺素受體激動劑血管收縮劑 擬交感劑供解除充血用者, (e) 蕈毒鹼M3受體拮抗劑或抗膽鹼能劑, (f) PDE 抑帋 ij 劑,如 PDE3、 PDE4 和 PDE5 抑制J 齊!1 , (g )茶鹼, (h)色甘酸鈉(Sodium cromoglycate), (i ) COX抑制劑包括非選擇性和選擇性cox - 1或 COX - 2抑制劑(NSAIDs), (j ) 口服和吸入的糖皮質類固醇,例如DAGR (類皮 質激素受體的解離激動劑), (k )對抗內源性炎性實體的單株抗體活性劑, (1 )抗一腫瘤壞血因子(a n t i — T N F — α )劑, (m )黏著分子抑制劑包括V LA - 4拮抗劑, (η )激肽一 /3 1 —和/3 2 —受體拮抗劑, (〇 )免疫抑制劑, (Ρ )基質金屬蛋白酶(Μ Μ P s )抑制劑, -58- (55) (55)200533351 (q)速激肽(tachykinin) ΝΚι ’ NK:2 和 NK3 受體拮抗 劑, (r )彈性蛋白酶抑制劑, (s )腺苷A2a受體激動劑, (t )尿激酶抑制劑, (u )作用於多巴胺受體的化合物,如〇2激動劑’ (v ) NF «々途徑調制劑,如IKK抑制劑, (w )細胞介素訊息途徑的調制劑,例如p3 8 MAP激 酶,s y k激酶或J A K激酶抑制劑, (X )可歸類爲黏液溶劑或止咳藥之藥劑,及 (y )抗生素, (z ) H D A C抑制劑,和 (aa) P13激酶抑制劑。 根據本發明,較佳者爲式(1 )化合物與下列之組合 一 H3拮抗劑, 一覃毒鹼M3受體拮抗劑, 一 PDE4抑I制齊!j , 一糖皮質類固醇, —腺苷A 2 a受體激動劑, —細胞介素訊息途徑調制劑例如p3 8 MAP激酶或syk 激酶,或 —白三烯拮抗劑(LTRAs)包括LTB4、LTC4、LTD4 和LTE4拮抗齊!j 。 >59- (56) 200533351 根據本發明,更佳者爲式(1 )化合物可與下列之組 , 合: _ 一糖皮質類固醇,特別是具有減低的系統性副作用之 吸入型糖皮質類固醇,包括強的松(prednisone)、強的 松龍(prednisolone)、氟尼縮松(flunis〇lide)、去炎松 (triamcinolone acetonide )、二丙酸氯地米松( beclomethasone dirpro-pionate )、布地奈德(b u d i s ο n i d e • )、丙酸氟替卡松(fluticasone)、環索奈德( ciclesonide)、和糠酸旲米松(mometasone furoate)、 或 -蕈毒鹼Μ 3受體拮抗劑或抗贍鹼能藥,包括特別者 ,抗乙醯膽鹼(i p r a t r 〇 p i u m )鹽類,亦即溴化物;噻托溴 胺(tiotrpium )鹽類,亦即溴化物;氧托品(〇xitr〇pium )鹽類,亦即溴化物;哌侖西平(perenzepine),和替侖 西平(telenzepine) 〇 φ 也要了解者,本文中對治療的所有指稱係包括治癒性 、治標性和預防性治療。下面的說明係有關可放入式(Ϊ )化合物的治療性應用。 式(1)化合物具有與/32受體交互作用之能力,藉此 具有一範圍的治療應用,如下文所述及者,作因爲々2受 體在所有哺乳動物的生理學中起著必需作用之故。 所有,本發明的另一方面係有關式(1 )化合物,或 其藥學上可接受之鹽,衍生形式或組成物,在涉及2受 體的疾病、失調、與症狀的治療中之用途。更特定言之, -60- (57) (57)200533351 本發明也有關式(1)化合物,或其藥學上可接受之鹽, 衍生形式或組成物在選自下列群組中的疾病、失調、和症 狀的治療中之用途。 •任何類型、病源、或發病原理之喘哮,特別是選自 異位性喘哮、非-異位性喘哮、過敏性喘哮、異位性支氣 管IgE —媒介喘哮、支氣管喘哮、自發性喘哮、真喘哮, 由病理學障礙引起的內固性喘哮、未知或不明顯肇因的自 發性喘哮、非異位性喘哮、支氣管炎性喘哮、氣腫性喘哮 、運動誘發性喘哮、過敏原誘發性喘哮、冷空氣誘發性喘 哮、職業性喘哮,由細菌、真菌、原蟲、或病毒傳染所引 起的傳染性喘哮、非過敏性喘哮、初發性喘哮、哮鳴嬰兒 徵候群和細支氣管炎所構成的群組中之喘哮, •慢性或急性支氣管縮小、慢性支氣管炎、小氣道堵 塞、和氣腫, •任何類型,病源、或發病原理之堵塞性或炎性氣道 疾病,特別是選自慢性嗜伊紅性肺炎、慢性堵塞性肺炎疾 (COPD ),包括慢性支氣管炎、肺氣腫或與C Ο P D有關或 無關聯的呼吸困難之C Ο P D,具有不可逆性,進展性氣道 堵塞的特徵之COPD、成人呼吸窘迫徵候群(ARDS ),因 其他藥物治療所致空氣道活動過度之增重及與肺高血壓相 關的氣道疾病所構成的群組中之一員的堵塞性或炎性氣道 疾病, •任何類型,疾源或發病原理三支氣管炎,特別是選 自急性支氣管炎、急性喉氣管炎、花生性支氣管炎、黏膜 >61 - (58) (58)200533351 支氣管炎、浮膜支氣管炎、乾性支氣管炎、傳染性喘哮支 氣管炎、產出性支氣管炎、葡萄球菌或鏈球菌性支氣管炎 及肺胞性支氣管炎, •急性肺傷害, •任何類型,疾源、或發病原理之支氣管擴張,特別 是選自柱狀支氣管擴張、囊狀支氣管擴張、梭形支氣管擴 張、毛細管支氣管擴張、囊型支氣管擴張、乾性支氣管擴 張和濾泡性支氣管擴張所構成的群組中之一者支氣管擴張 〇 本發明又另一方面也有關式(1)化合物,或其藥學 上可接受之鹽,衍生形式或組成物,對於具有P 2激動性 活性的藥物之製造的用途。特別者,本發明係有關式(1 )化合物,或其藥學上可接受之鹽,衍生形式或組成物對 於A 2 -媒介疾病及/或症狀,特別是上列疾病及/或症 狀的治療所用藥物的製造之用途。 因此之故,|本發明提供一種使用一有效量的式(1 ) 化合物’或其樂學上可接受之鹽,衍生形式或組成物治療 哺乳動物,包括人類之有用方法。更精確地說,本發明提 供一種治療哺乳動,包括人類的/5 2 -媒介疾病及/或症 狀,特別是上列疾病及/或症狀之特別有用方法,包括使 用一有效量的式(1 )化合物,其藥學上可接受之鹽及/ 或衍生形式給該哺乳動物服用。 下面的實施例係闡明式(1 )化合物之製備: -62 - (59) (59) 製備The present invention includes all pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically-labeled compounds of formula (1), in which one or more atoms are atomic or mass atomic atoms having the same atomic order but different from the main atomic mass or mass number in nature The replacement. Examples of isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the present invention include hydrogen isotopes, such as 2Η and 3Η; carbon isotopes, such as 14C; chlorine isotopes, such as 3 6 C 1; fluorine isotopes, such as] 8 F; iodine isotopes, such as] 231 And 1251; nitrogen isotopes, such as I3n and 15n; oxygen isotopes, such as 150, 170, and 180; phosphorus isotopes, such as 32p; and sulfur isotopes, such as 3 5 S. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of formula (1), such as those incorporated with radioisotopes, can be used in drug and / or tissue distribution studies. Radioactive deuterium, i.e., 3H, and carbon-tritium, i.e., from their easy incorporation and convenient detection means, are particularly useful for this purpose. Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, ie 2H, can provide some of the therapeutic advantages of greater metabolic stability derived from Geng -45-(42) 200533351, such as bioassay, or reduced dose requirements' and therefore In some cases, positron emission isotope, such as 1] C, 18F, generation can be used for positron emission local anatomy (PET) 硏 receptor receptor occupancy. Isotopically-labeled compounds of formula (1) are generally prepared by techniques known in the art or similarly in the appended Examples and Preparations using appropriate isotopically-labeled agents instead of previously used ones. Pharmaceutically acceptable solvated crystalline solvents according to the present invention are substituted with isotopes, such as D20, d6 DMSO. The compounds of formula (1), their pharmaceutically acceptable derivative forms, are all useful pharmaceutically active compounds, which involve the / 32 receptor or the treatment and prevention of disorders in which this receptor agonism can induce disorders, particularly Allergic and non-disease, but also can be used in the treatment of other diseases, such as nervous system, premature delivery, congestive heart failure, depression; skin diseases, psoriasis, proliferative skin diseases, glaucoma gastric acidity, favorable symptoms, In particular, the compounds of the present invention which are intended for pharmaceutical use for gastric and peptic ulcers can be administered in the form of amorphous products. They can be obtained by methods such as precipitation, drying, spray drying, or evaporation drying, in the form of powder, or film. Microwave or RF drying methods can be used. 150 and 13N, which are used in the study to explore the unlabeled pharmaceuticals including the acetone, d6-salts, and / or a variety of allergic properties suitable for its benefit 5 through the procedures described in this technique. Respiratory tracts such as, but not limited to, inflamed and allergic eyes and those with reduced ulcers. Use its crystal form or crystallization, freezing, for example, solid blocks for this purpose. -46- (43) 200533351 They can be taken alone or in combination with one or more other compounds of the present invention or in combination with one or more other drugs (or any combination of them). Generally, they are administered as a formulation in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. The term `` excipient '' is used herein to describe any ingredient other than the compound of the invention. The choice of excipients is largely determined by factors such as the particular method of administration, the effect of the excipients on solubility and stability, and the nature of the dosage form. The pharmaceutical composition suitable for the delivery of the compounds of the present invention and their preparation methods are easily understood by those skilled in the art. These compositions and their preparation methods can be referred to, for example, "Remington's Pharmacutical Science", 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company, 1995). The compounds of the present invention can be administered orally. Oral administration can include swallowing so that the compounds enter the gastrointestinal Or by buccal or sublingual medication, allowing the compound to enter the bloodstream directly from the mouth. Φ Formulations suitable for oral administration include solid formulations such as tablets, capsules containing granules, liquids or powders) , Lozenges (including those filled with liquids), chews, multi-type and nano-type granules, gels, solid solutions, liposomes, films, ovoids, sprays and liquid formulations. Liquids Formulations include suspensions, solutions, syrups, and formulations. Such formulations can be used as fillings in soft or hard capsules and typically include carriers such as water, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, Propylene glycol, methyl cellulose, or a suitable oil, and one or more emulsifiers and / or suspending agents. Liquid formulations can also be prepared by reconstituting a solid, for example, from a drug pack, -47- (44 ) (44) 200533351. The compounds of the present invention can also be used in fast-dissolving, fast-disintegrating dosage forms, such as in Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents, 11 (6), 981-986, by Liang and Chen (2001). When used in a tablet form, depending on the dosage, the drug may occupy from 1% to 80% by weight of the dosage form, and more typically from 5% to 60% by weight of the dosage form. In addition to the drug, tablets Agents usually include a disintegrant. Examples of disintegrants include sodium starch glycolate, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene 1: 1 ratio of ketocolone, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, low carbon number of keto-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, starch, pregelatinized starch, and sodium alginate. Generally, disintegrants are Occupies the dosage form from 1% to 25% by weight, preferably from 5% to 20% by weight. Binders are generally used to impart cohesive properties to tablet formulations. Suitable binders include microcrystalline cellulose, gelatin , Sugar, polyethylene glycol, natural and synthetic gums, polyethylene Pyrrolidone, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose. Tablets may also contain diluents such as lactose (-hydrate, spray-dried-hydrate, anhydrous, and the like), Mannitol, xylitol, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starch, and phosphate dibasic calcium dihydrate. Tablets can also include surfactants as needed, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and polysorbate Ester 80 (poly sorbate 80), and glidant s such as silica and talc. When contained, the surfactant may occupy from 0.2 to 5% by weight of the tablet, and the glidant may occupy from 0.2 to 48- (45) 200533351 to 1% by weight of the tablet. Tablets also typically include lubricants such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate, and a magnesium stearate / sodium lauryl sulfate mixture. The lubricant usually occupies from 0.5 to 10% by weight of the tablet, preferably from 0.5 to 3% by weight. Other possible ingredients include antioxidants, colorants, flavoring agents, preservatives and taste masking agents. • Exemplary tablets contain up to about 80% of the drug, from about 10% to about 90% by weight of a binder, from about 0% to about 85% by weight of a diluent, and from about 2% by weight to about 10% by weight of a disintegrant, and from about 0.25% to about 10% by weight of a lubricant. Tablet blends can be compressed directly or with a roller to form tablets. Alternatively, the tablet blend or a portion of the blend may be wet one, dry one, or melt granulated, coagulated, or extruded to form a tablet. The final formulation can include one or more layers and can be coated or uncoated, which can even be glue-sealed. Tablets are said to be formulated in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets, Vol. 1, by Η Lieberman and L. Lachman (Marcel Dekker, New York, 198 0). Consumable oral films for human or veterinary use are typically flexible, water-soluble or water-swellable film dosage forms that are rapidly soluble or mucoadhesive and typically include a compound of formula (1), a film-forming polymer, Binders, solvents, humectants, plasticizers, stabilizers or emulsifiers, viscosity modifiers and solvents. Certain ingredients of the formulation may perform more than one function. The compound of formula (1) may be water-soluble or water-insoluble. Water-soluble compounds -49- (46) (46) 200533351 The compounds typically occupy solutes from 1% to 80% by weight, more typically from 20% to 50% by weight. The less soluble compound ' occupies a greater proportion of the composition, typically up to 88% by weight of the solute. Alternatively, the compound of formula (1) may be in the form of multi-granular beads. The film-forming polymer may be selected from natural polysaccharides, proteins, or synthetic hydrocolloids and typically has a content in the range of 0.01 to 99% by weight, and more typically 30 to 80% by weight. Other possible ingredients include antioxidants, colorants, flavors and flavor enhancers, preservatives, saliva stimulants, coolants, co-solvents (including oils), lubricants, swelling agents, defoamers, surfactants And taste masking agent. The film according to the present invention is typically prepared by evaporating and drying an aqueous film solution coated on a peelable backing carrier or paper. This can be done in a drying oven or tunnel dryer, typically a combination coater dryer, or via freeze drying or vacuum. Solid formulations for oral use can be formulated for immediate and / or adjusted release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulse-, controlled-, target-guided, and programmed release. Suitable modified release formulations for the purposes of the present invention are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,106; 8 64. For other suitable release technologies, such as high-energy dispersing and penetrating and coating particles, refer to Pharmaceatical Technology On-line, 25 (2) 5 1 · 14, by Verma et al (2001). The use of chewing gum to achieve controlled release is described in WO 00/3 52 98. 0-50- (47) (47) 200533351 The compounds of the present invention can also be directly administered to the bloodstream, muscle, or internal organs. Inside. Suitable means for parenteral administration include intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, indoor, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, and subcutaneous. Suitable devices for parenteral administration include needle (including microneedle) syringes, needleless syringes, and infusion techniques. Parenteral formulations are typically aqueous solutions, which may contain excipients such as salts, sugars, and buffers (preferably to ρ Η 値 from 3 to 9), but, for some applications, they may be more Appropriately formulated as a sterile non-aqueous solution or in dry form for use with a suitable vehicle such as sterile, pyrogen-free water. Under sterile conditions, for example, the preparation of parenteral formulations via freeze-drying can be used in this technique. Standard pharmaceutical techniques are well known to those skilled in the art. The solubility of a compound of formula (1) used in the preparation of parenteral solutions can be increased by using appropriate formulation techniques, such as the incorporation of solubility enhancers. Formulations for parenteral administration can be formulated for immediate release and / or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulse-, controlled-, target-directed and programmed-controlled releases. As such, the compounds of the present invention can be formulated as solid, semi-solid, or shaken liquids for administration in the form of a depot to provide controlled release of the active compound. Examples of such formulations include drug-coated stents and poly (dl-lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PGLA) microspheres. The compounds of the invention can also be applied topically to the skin or mucous membranes, that is, -51-(48) (48) 200533351, percutaneously or transdermally. Typical formulations used for this purpose include gels, hydrogels, lotions, solutions, creams, ointments, wine powders, dressings, foam tinctures, films, skin patches, medicated facial patches, implants, sponges , Fibers, bandages and microemulsions. Microlipids can also be used. Typical carriers include alcohol, water, mineral oil, liquid paraffin oil, white paraffin oil, glycerin, polyethylene glycol, and propylene glycol. It is possible to infuse budding enhancers—see, Pharn Sci, 88 (10); 955-958, by Finnin and Morgan (October 1999). Other local administration methods include via electroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis, sonar electroosmosis (s ο η 〇ph 〇resis) and microneedle or needleless injection (such as Po wderj ect ™, Bioject ™, etc.). Formulations for topical administration can be formulated for immediate and / or adjusted release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulse-one, controlled-, target-guided, and programmed release. The compounds of the present invention may also be administered intranasally or by inhalation, typically in the form of a dry powder (alone, or in the form of a mixture, e.g., a dry blend with lactose, or as particles of a mixed ingredient, e.g., with a phospholipid Substances such as phosphatidylcholine blends) are administered from a dry powder inhaler, or in the form of an aerosol spray from a pressure vessel, pump, sprayer, sprayer (preferably a sprayer using a galvanostat to produce fine powder) ), Or a sprayer, with or without a suitable spray base such as 1,1,1,2, tetrafluoroethane or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane. For intranasal use, the powder may include a bioadhesive, such as chitosan or cyclodextrin. Pressure vessels, pumps, sprayers, sprayers, or sprayers containing the present invention-52- (49) (49) 200533351 A solution or suspension of a compound which includes' for example, ethanol, an aqueous ethanol solution, or a suitable Alternative agents for dissolving or prolonging the release of actives, aerosol bases as solvents, and optional surfactants, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or oligolactic acid. Prior to use in dry powder or suspension formulations, the drug product is micronized or sized to be suitable for delivery via inhalation (typically less than 5 microns). This can be done by appropriate honing methods such as spiral jet honing, fluid bed jet honing, supercritical fluid treatment to form nano particles, high pressure homogenization, or spray drying. Capsules for use in inhalers or insufflators (made from, for example, gelatin or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose), foamers' and pharmacies can be formulated to contain the compounds of the invention, suitable powder bases such as Powder mixture of lactose or starch and performance modifiers such as 1-leucine, mannitol, or magnesium stearate. The custard may be anhydrous or in the form of a monohydrate, preferably the latter. Other suitable excipients include polydextrose, glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose and trehalose. A suitable solution formulation in a sprayer that uses electrodynamic mechanics to produce a fine mist may contain from 1 microgram to 20 milligrams of a compound of the invention per actuation and the actuation volume may be from 1 microliter to 100 microliters. Typical formulations may include compounds of formula (1), propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol and sodium chloride. Alternative solvents that can be used in place of propylene glycol include glycerin and polyethylene glycol. Suitable flavouring agents ' such as menthol and L-menthol, or sweeteners, such as saccharin or sodium saccharin, can be added to the formulations of the present invention intended for inhalation / intranasal administration. -53- (50) (50) 200533351 Formulations for inhalation / intranasal administration may be formulated using 'e.g.' PGLA, formulated or immediate and / or adjusted release. Modified release formulations include delayed—continuous one, pulse one, control one, target guided one, and programmed release. In the case of dry powder inhalers and aerosols, the dosage unit is determined using a valve that delivers a given amount. Units according to the invention are typically delivered by women's clothing-a given dose from 0.001 mg to 10 mg or a "puff" compound of formula (1). The entire daily dose is typically in the range of 0.001 mg to 40 mg, and this can be given in a single dose, or more often in several divided doses throughout the day. Compounds of formula (1) are particularly suitable for inhaled administration. The compounds of the invention can be administered rectally or vaginally, for example, in the form of suppositories, pessaries, or enemas. Cocoa butter is a conventional suppository base, but there are a number of alternatives that can be used appropriately. Formulations for rectal / vaginal administration can be formulated for immediate and / or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulse-one, control-one, target-guided, and program-controlled release-types. The compounds of this invention can also be administered directly to the eyes or ears, typically in the form of droplets of a micronized suspension or solution in isotonic, pH-adjusted sterile saline. Other formulations suitable for the eye and for administration include ointments, biodegradable (such as absorbable gel sponges, collagen) and non-biodegradable (such as silicone) implants, tablets, lenses and granules or vesicles 'Like systems' such as nonionic surfactant microcapsules (niosome) or microliposome. Polymers such as cross-linked polyacrylic acid, polyvinyl acid, hyaluronic acid, fibers -54- (51) 200533351 quality polymers, such as hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, or methyl cellulose Or heteropolysaccharide polymers, such as gel an • gum, can be blended with preservatives such as benzyl ammonium chloride. These formulations can also be delivered via iontophoresis. Formulations for administration and / or administration can be formulated for immediate and / or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, target-guided-, or programmed-release. • The compounds of the present invention can be compounded with soluble macromolecules, such as cyclosaccharin and its appropriate derivatives, or polymers containing polyethylene glycol to improve their solubility, dissolution rate, taste masking, bioavailability and / Or stability for any of the above modes of administration. For example, the 'drug-cyclodextrin complex has been found to be commonly used in most dosage forms and routes of administration. Both inclusive and non-inclusive types can be used. As an alternative to direct compounding with drugs, cyclodextrin can be used as an auxiliary additive, that is, as a carrier, diluent, or solubilizer. The most commonly used for this purpose are / 3- and 7-cyclodextrin, examples of which can be found in International Patent Applications Nos. WO 91/11172, WO 94/02 5 18 and W 098/55148. Since it may be appropriate to administer an active ingredient combination for the purpose of, for example, treating a particular disease or symptom, within the scope of the present invention, two or more pharmaceutical compositions may be conveniently incorporated, at least one of which contains a compound of the present invention. Or, they can be combined into a set of suitable compositions for common administration. As such, the kit of the present invention includes two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound of formula (1) of the present invention, and a tool for separately holding the composition such as -55- (52) 200533351, such as a container, Separate bottles, or separate foil packages. An example of this is the familiar blister pack for packaging tablets, capsules, and the like. The kit of the present invention is particularly suitable for administration of different dosage forms, for example, parenteral dosage forms' for administration of separated compositions at different administration intervals, or titration of compositions separated from each other. To help with compliance, the kits typically include medication guidelines and can be supplemented with so-called memory aids. φ To be administered to a human patient, the total daily dose of the compound of the present invention is typically in the range of 0.001 mg to 5000 mg, of course, depending on the mode of administration. For example, a daily intravenous dose may only require from 0.00 mg to 40 mg. The total dose per dose can be administered in a single dose or in divided doses and at the discretion of the physician. It falls outside the typical range given herein. These doses are based on an average human patient with a body weight of about 65 kg to 70 kg. Doctors can successfully determine the weight of patients outside this range, such as the dosage for infants and the elderly. # For the avoidance of doubt, this article's reference to 'therapeutic treatment' includes both curative treatment 'and standard treatment and preventative treatment. According to another specific embodiment of the present invention, the compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, derivative form or composition thereof, may also be combined with one or more additional therapeutic agents for co-administration to a patient to obtain certain special desirability. Therapeutic end results such as the treatment of pathophysiology-related disease processes, including but not limited to (i) bronchoconstriction, (ii) inflammation, (iii) allergic, (iv) tissue destruction, (v) signs and symptoms such as Asthma and cough. The second and more additional treatments may also be a compound of formula (1), or -56- (53) 200533351 thereof, a scientifically acceptable salt, derivative form or composition, or one or more techniques. Known stone 2 agonist. More typically, the second and more therapeutic agents are selected from different classes of therapeutic agents. As used in the text, the terms ', co-administration,', co-administration and combination, when referring to a compound of formula (I) and one or more other therapeutic agents, are intended to mean, and indeed refer to, and Including the following: • The combination of a compound of formula (1) and a therapeutic agent is simultaneously administered to a patient in need of Φ treatment, and these ingredients are formulated together into a single dosage form to release the ingredients to the patient at substantially the same time , • The combination of the compound of formula (1) and a therapeutic agent is administered to a patient in need of treatment at the same time, and the ingredients are formulated separately from each other and the dose is taken by the patient at substantially the same time, and thereafter These ingredients are released to the patient at substantially the same time, • The combination of the compound of formula (1) and the therapeutic agent is administered to the patient in need of treatment in sequence, and these ingredients are formulated separately from each other. Dosage form 'is given to the patient at consecutive times with a significant time interval between each administration', after which the ingredients are released to the patient at substantially different times, and (1) These combinations of compounds and therapeutic agents are sequentially administered to patients in need of 'these ingredients are formulated together into a single dosage form' which releases these ingredients in a controlled manner, and thereafter they are all in the same Each of these parts can be administered to the patient simultaneously, continuously and / or overlapping at different times and can be administered via the same or different routes. -57- (54) (54) 200533351 Suitable examples of other therapeutic agents that can be used in combination with a compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, derivative form or composition thereof include, but are not limited to: ( a) 5-lipoxygenase (5-L0) inhibitor or 5-lipoxygenase activating protein (FLAP) antagonist, (b) leukotriene antagonists (LTRAS) including LTB4, LTC4, LTD4 and Antagonism of LTE4! J, (c) Histamine receptor antagonists include Η! And H3 antagonists, (d) α!-And α 2-adrenergic receptor agonist vasoconstrictor sympathomimetic for decongestion (E) A muscarinic M3 receptor antagonist or an anticholinergic agent, (f) PDE inhibitors such as PDE3, PDE4, and PDE5 inhibit J Qi! 1, (g) theophylline, (h) sodium cromoglycate, (i) COX inhibitors include non-selective and selective cox-1 or COX-2 inhibitors (NSAIDs), (j) orally and Inhaled glucocorticoids, such as DAGR (dissociation agonist of the corticoid receptor), (k) monoclonal antibody active against endogenous inflammatory entities, (1) anti-TNF —Α) agents, (m) adhesion molecule inhibitors include VLA-4 antagonists, (η) kallikrein / 3 1 — and / 3 2 —receptor antagonists, (0) immunosuppressants, (P) Matrix metalloproteinase (MMMPs) inhibitor, -58- (55) (55) 200533351 (q) tachykinin NK1 'and NK3 receptor antagonists, (r) elastase inhibitor (S) adenosine A2a receptor agonists, (t) urokinase inhibitors, (u) compounds that act on dopamine receptors, such as 02 agonists' (v) NF «pathway modulators, such as IKK inhibition Agents, (w) modulators of the cytokine signaling pathway, such as p3 8 MAP kinases, syk kinases, or JAK kinase inhibitors, (X) can be classified as mucus solvents or only The drug agent, and (y) Antibiotics, (z) H D A C inhibitor, and (aa) P13 kinase inhibitors. According to the present invention, a compound of formula (1) is preferably combined with the following: a H3 antagonist, a pentoxine M3 receptor antagonist, and a PDE4 inhibitor. j, a glucocorticosteroid, an adenosine A 2 a receptor agonist, an interleukin signaling pathway modulator such as p3 8 MAP kinase or syk kinase, or leukotriene antagonists (LTRAs) including LTB4, LTC4, LTD4 and LTE4 antagonize together! > 59- (56) 200533351 According to the present invention, it is more preferable that the compound of formula (1) can be combined with the following group: _ a glucocorticosteroid, especially an inhaled glucocorticosteroid with reduced systemic side effects, Including prednisone, prednisolone, flunisolid, triamcinolone acetonide, beclomethasone dirpro-pionate, budesonide (Budis ο nide •), fluticasone propionate (fluticasone), ciclesonide, and mometasone furoate, or a muscarinic M 3 receptor antagonist or an antiscopolamine, Including, in particular, anti-acetylcholine (ipratr opiate) salts, that is, bromide; tiotrpium (tiotrpium) salts, that is, bromide; oxytropin (〇xitrOpium) salts, also That is, bromide; perenzepine, and telenzepine 〇φ should also be understood, all references to treatment in this article include curative, standard and preventive treatment. The following description relates to therapeutic applications in which compounds of formula (IX) can be placed. The compound of formula (1) has the ability to interact with the / 32 receptor, thereby having a range of therapeutic applications, as described below, because the 々2 receptor plays an essential role in the physiology of all mammals The reason. Therefore, another aspect of the present invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, derivative form or composition thereof, in the treatment of diseases, disorders, and symptoms involving the two receptors. More specifically, -60- (57) (57) 200533351 The present invention also relates to diseases, disorders of the compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, derivative form or composition thereof selected from the group , And the use in the treatment of symptoms. • Asthma of any type, etiology, or pathogenesis, especially selected from the group consisting of ectopic wheezing, non-ectopic wheezing, allergic wheezing, ectopic bronchial IgE — vector wheezing, bronchial wheezing, Spontaneous wheezing, true wheezing, internal wheezing due to pathological disorders, spontaneous wheezing of unknown or insignificant origin, non-ectopic wheezing, bronchial wheezing, emphysema Asthma, exercise-induced asthma, allergen-induced asthma, cold-air-induced asthma, occupational asthma, infectious asthma caused by bacterial, fungal, protozoan, or viral infection, non-allergic asthma Asthma, primary asthma, wheezing baby syndrome and bronchiolitis in the group consisting of: • chronic or acute bronchoconstriction, chronic bronchitis, small airway obstruction, and emphysema, • any type, etiology , Or pathogenesis of obstructive or inflammatory airway diseases, especially selected from chronic eosinophilic pneumonia, chronic obstructive pneumonia disease (COPD), including chronic bronchitis, emphysema, or related or unrelated to COPD Dyspnea C Ο PD COPD, adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) with characteristics of irreversible, progressive airway obstruction, increased weight of airway activity caused by other drug treatments, and airway diseases related to pulmonary hypertension One of the members of obstructive or inflammatory airway disease, • Three types of bronchitis of any type, etiology or pathogenesis, especially selected from acute bronchitis, acute laryngotracheitis, peanut bronchitis, mucosa > 61-(58) (58) 200533351 Bronchitis, floating bronchitis, dry bronchitis, infectious asthmatic bronchitis, productive bronchitis, staphylococcal or streptococcal bronchitis, and pulmonary bronchitis, • acute lung injury, • any Type, disease source, or pathogenesis of bronchiectasis, especially selected from the group of columnar bronchiectasis, cystic bronchiectasis, spindle bronchiectasis, capillary bronchiectasis, cystic bronchiectasis, dry bronchiectasis and follicular bronchiectasis One of the groups constitutes bronchiectasis. The present invention also relates to a compound of formula (1), Or the use of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, derivative form or composition thereof for the manufacture of a medicament having P 2 agonistic activity. In particular, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, derivative form or composition thereof, for the treatment of A 2 -mediated diseases and / or symptoms, in particular the diseases and / or symptoms listed above. Uses in the manufacture of medicines. For this reason, the present invention provides a useful method for treating mammals, including humans, using an effective amount of a compound of formula (1) 'or its musically acceptable salt, derivative form or composition. More precisely, the present invention provides a particularly useful method for treating lactation, including / 5 2-vector diseases and / or symptoms of humans, especially the diseases and / or symptoms listed above, including using an effective amount of formula (1 ) A compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and / or derivative thereof for administration to the mammal. The following examples illustrate the preparation of compounds of formula (1): -62-(59) (59) Preparation

200533351 【實施方式】 乙氧羰基甲基苯基)乙酸乙酯 0、 / 3 —伸苯基)二乙酸(5 0 · 〇克 1 )在乙醇(5 00毫升)中的懸浮液內加入乙醯 1 2 · 5毫升,1 7 5毫莫耳)且加熱所得溶液至回流1 6 /丄 將反應冷卻到室溫並真空移除溶劑。將剩餘物在飽和 氫鈉(3 0 0毫升)與乙酸乙酯(5 0 0毫升)之間分溶。 相經水(2 0 0毫升),飽和氯化鈉(3 0 0毫升)萃洗之 水(N a2 S 04 )及真空移除溶劑而得淡黃色油狀標題化 (63.5克)。 】H NMR ( CDC13,400MHz ) (5 : 1.31 ( 6H,t), (4H,s) ,4.20( 4H’ q) ’ 7.24 一 7.36 ( 4H 5 m) MS (電噴):m/z251〔M+H〕+ ,260 氯( 時。 碳酸 有機 後, 合物 3.65200533351 [Embodiment] A suspension of ethoxycarbonylmethylphenyl) ethyl acetate 0, / 3-phenylene) diacetic acid (50 g) is added to ethanol (500 ml). (12 · 5 ml, 175 mmol) and heat the resulting solution to reflux 16 / 丄 to cool the reaction to room temperature and remove the solvent in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between saturated sodium bicarbonate (300 ml) and ethyl acetate (500 ml). The phases were extracted with water (200 ml), saturated sodium chloride (300 ml), water (Na 2 S 04), and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give the title (63.5 g) as a pale yellow oil. 】 H NMR (CDC13, 400MHz) (5: 1.31 (6H, t), (4H, s), 4.20 (4H 'q)' 7.24-7.36 (4H 5 m) MS (EFI): m / z251 [M + H] +, 260 chlorine (hours. After carbonic acid is organic, the compound is 3.65

製備2: (3—乙氧羰基甲基苯基)乙酸Preparation 2: (3-ethoxycarbonylmethylphenyl) acetic acid

HO 對製備物1 ( 44·3克,177毫莫耳)和2,2 / -( 一伸苯基)二乙酸(59.2克,308毫莫耳)在乙酸( 升)和二氧雜環己烷(290毫升)中的溶液用鹽酸I ,4.9毫升,58.8毫莫耳)逐滴處理。於冷卻及濃縮 體積之前’將反應混合物回流擾彳半1 8小時。用甲本 毫升)稀釋反應混合物且將所得漿液過濾。將濾液真 24毫 12M 成低 (125 空濃 -63- (60) (60)200533351 縮並將剩餘物溶在水中且用碳酸氫鈉鹼化到ρ Η中性爲止 。將混合物用乙酸乙酯(200毫升)稀釋,分出有機層且 用碳酸氫鈉溶液(5 X 3 0毫升)及飽和氯化鈉水溶液(5 0 毫升)予以萃洗。將合倂水萃取液用6Μ鹽酸予以酸化到 pH 3且用乙醚萃取(3 χ30毫升)。合倂有機層,脫水( M gS 04 )且真空濃縮。將剩餘物與戊烷硏析而得無色固體 標的化合物(1 0.8克)。 】H NMR ( CD3OD,400MHz ) 5 : 1.25 ( 3H,t) ,3.60 (2H,m) ,3.63(2H,m) ,4.15(2H,q) ? 7.18- 7.32 ( 4H,m )。 MS (電噴):m / z 245〔 MNa〕+ 製備3: 〔3— (2 —羥基一 2—甲基丙基)苯基〕乙酸HO for preparation 1 (44 · 3 g, 177 mmol) and 2, 2 /-(monophenyl) diacetic acid (59.2 g, 308 mmol) in acetic acid (liter) and dioxane The solution in (290 ml) was treated dropwise with hydrochloric acid I, 4.9 ml, 58.8 mmol. The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for half 18 hours before cooling and concentrating the volume. The reaction mixture was diluted with toluene (mL) and the resulting slurry was filtered. The filtrate was reduced from 24 millimeters to 12 millimeters (125 air-concentrated -63- (60) (60) 200533351) and the residue was dissolved in water and basified with sodium bicarbonate until ρ ρ neutral. The mixture was ethyl acetate (200 ml) was diluted, and the organic layer was separated and washed with a sodium bicarbonate solution (5 X 30 ml) and a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 ml). The water extract of Hexi was acidified with 6M hydrochloric acid to pH 3 and extraction with ether (3 x 30 ml). The organic layer was combined, dehydrated (MgSO 4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was decanted with pentane to give the title compound as a colorless solid (1 0.8 g).] H NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5: 1.25 (3H, t), 3.60 (2H, m), 3.63 (2H, m), 4.15 (2H, q)? 7.18- 7.32 (4H, m). MS (EFI): m / z 245 〔MNa〕 + Preparation 3: [3- (2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropyl) phenyl] acetic acid

將製備物2 ( 6.85克,32毫莫耳)在乙醚(ι〇〇毫升) 中的溶液冷卻到0 °C並用溴化甲基鎂/乙醚溶、液(3 M, 23·5毫升,70.0毫莫耳)處理。使反應混合物漸溫至室溫 。2小時後,經由添加飽和氯化銨溶液(200毫升}驟止反 應。分出有機相,用食鹽水(1 〇〇毫升)萃洗,脫水( M g S Ο 4 )及真空濃縮。以管柱層析術(4 0 — } 〇 〇 %二氯甲 烷/戊烷)純得到無色油狀標題化合物(6 · 2 3克)。 NMR(CDC13,400MHz) δ : 1.22 (6Η,s) ,2.75 (2Η,s) ,3·63 ( 2Η,s) ,7. ] 2 - 7.3 0 ( 4 Η,m )。 >64- (61) 200533351 MS (電噴): 209〔 Μ + Η〕 製備4: {3 —〔2—(2—氯乙醯胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基A solution of Preparation 2 (6.85 g, 32 mmol) in ether (100 ml) was cooled to 0 ° C and dissolved in methylmagnesium bromide / ether (3 M, 23.5 ml, 70.0) Millimoles). The reaction mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature. After 2 hours, the reaction was quenched by the addition of a saturated ammonium chloride solution (200 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with brine (100 mL), dehydrated (MgSO 4) and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by column chromatography (4 0 —} 00% dichloromethane / pentane) gave the title compound (6.23 g) as a colorless oil. NMR (CDC13, 400MHz) δ: 1.22 (6Η, s), 2.75 (2Η, s), 3.63 (2Η, s), 7.] 2-7.30 (4 Η, m). ≫ 64- (61) 200533351 MS (EFI): 209 [M + Η] Preparation 4: {3- —2- (2-chloroacetamido) -2-methylpropyl

將2 —氯乙腈(8 · 8毫升,1 4 0毫莫耳)加到製備物3 ( 16.0克,70毫莫耳)/乙酸(33毫升)溶液中。將所得溶 液冷卻到0 °C,用濃硫酸(3 3毫升)處理,並使反應混合 物漸溫至室溫。4小時之後,將反應混合物傾倒至冰上且 用碳酸鈉鹼化。周乙酸乙酯萃取溶液(2 X 5 00毫升)並將 合倂有機萃取液脫水(MgS04 )且真空濃縮而得無色固體 標題化合物(19.0克)。 JH NMR ( CDC13,400MHz ) 5 : 13·6 ( 6H,s) ,3.02 (2H,s) ,3.62(2H,s) ,3.95(2H,s) ,6·19(1Η ,m) ,7.06-7.3 1 (4H,m)。 MS (電噴):m/z282〔M— H〕— 製備5: 〔3—(2—胺基一2—甲基丙基)苯基〕乙酸甲酯2-chloroacetonitrile (8.8 ml, 140 mmol) was added to a solution of Preparation 3 (16.0 g, 70 mmol) in acetic acid (33 ml). The resulting solution was cooled to 0 ° C, treated with concentrated sulfuric acid (33 ml), and the reaction mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature. After 4 hours, the reaction mixture was poured onto ice and basified with sodium carbonate. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 × 500 ml) and the combined organic extract was dehydrated (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (19.0 g) as a colorless solid. JH NMR (CDC13, 400MHz) 5: 13 · 6 (6H, s), 3.02 (2H, s), 3.62 (2H, s), 3.95 (2H, s), 6.19 (1Η, m), 7.06- 7.3 1 (4H, m). MS (electrospray): m / z282 [M—H] — Preparation 5: [3- (2-Amino-2-methylpropyl) phenyl] methyl acetate

H.NH.N

將製備物4 ( 5 · 1克,1 8毫莫耳)、硫脲(1 · 6克,2 1 毫莫耳)和乙酸(]8毫升)在乙醇(80毫升)中的溶液在 氮氣圍下加熱到回流1 6小時。使反應混合物冷卻至室溫及 過濾。將濾液真空濃縮,將剩餘物溶在甲醇(]5 0毫升) -65- (62) 200533351 中,用氯化氫氣體飽和且將所得溶液加熱至回流1 6小時。 將混合物真空濃縮且將剩餘物置於乙酸乙酯(2 0 0毫升) 與5%碳酸鈉溶液(200毫升)之間分溶。將有機相用食鹽 水(100毫升)萃取,脫水(Mg S04 )及真空濃縮。將剩 餘物以強陽離子交換樹脂純化(甲醇,然後2M氯/甲醇 溶液)。將溶析液真空濃縮而得黃色油狀標題化合物( 2.68克)。 NMR ( CDC13,400MHz ) 5 : 1 · 1 4 ( 6 Η,s ) ,2 · 6 8 (2H,s) ,3.62(2H,s) ,3.69(3H,s) ,7.08-7.16 (3 H,m ) ,7 · 2 3 — 7.2 7 ( 1 H,m ) o M S (電嘖):m / z 2 2 2〔 M + H〕+ 製備 6: (3— {2—〔2— (2,2 —二甲基一 4 H—〔1,3A solution of Preparation 4 (5.1 g, 18 mmol), thiourea (1.6 g, 21 mmol), and acetic acid (8 mL) in ethanol (80 mL) was placed under nitrogen. Heat to reflux for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in methanol (] 50 ml) -65- (62) 200533351, saturated with hydrogen chloride gas and the resulting solution was heated to reflux for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (200 mL) and 5% sodium carbonate solution (200 mL). The organic phase was extracted with brine (100 ml), dehydrated (Mg S04) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified with a strong cation exchange resin (methanol, then a 2M chlorine / methanol solution). The eluate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (2.68 g) as a yellow oil. NMR (CDC13, 400MHz) 5: 1 · 1 4 (6 Η, s), 2 · 6 8 (2H, s), 3.62 (2H, s), 3.69 (3H, s), 7.08-7.16 (3 H, m), 7 · 2 3 — 7.2 7 (1 H, m) o MS (electron): m / z 2 2 2 〔M + H〕 + Preparation 6: (3— {2— 〔2— (2, 2 —dimethyl-1 4 H — [1, 3

〕二氧雜二嫌并〔5,4— b〕吼陡一 6 —基)_2 一羥基乙胺基〕一 2—甲基丙基}苯基)乙酸乙 酯] Dioxadioxo [5,4-b] Hou d-6-yl) _2 monohydroxyethylamino]-2-methylpropyl} phenyl) ethyl acetate

OHOH

將2,2 —二甲基一6 —環氧乙烷基一 4H〜〔1,3〕二 氧雜二烯并〔5,4— b〕吡啶(2.24克,10.82毫莫耳)) 和製備物5 (2.39,10.82毫莫耳)在二甲亞硕(20毫升) 中加熱到90 °C 24小時。將反應混合物溶在乙酸乙酯( 2 0 0毫升)中,用飽和食鹽水(4 X 5 0毫升)萃洗及脫水( MgS〇4 )。將粗製物以層析術純化(〇— 甲醇/二氯 -66- (63) (63)200533351 甲烷+ 1 %氯)而得標色油(1 ·96克)。 NMR(CD3OD,400MHz) 5 : 1.12 (6H,s) ,1.55 (6H,s) ,2.76(2H,d) ,2·82— 2.89(lH,m), 3.10(lH,d) ,3.60(2H,s) ,3.67(3H,s) ^ 4.72- 4.79(lH,bs) ,7·05— 7.10(4H,m) ,7.21-7.29( 2 H,m ) 〇 MS (電噴):m/z429〔M+H〕+Put 2,2-dimethyl-6-oxiranyl-4H ~ [1,3] dioxadiene [5,4-b] pyridine (2.24 g, 10.82 mmol) and prepare Product 5 (2.39, 10.82 mmol) was heated to 90 ° C in Dimethoate (20 ml) for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), extracted with saturated brine (4 × 50 mL), and dehydrated (MgSO4). The crude product was purified by chromatography (0-methanol / dichloro-66- (63) (63) 200533351 methane + 1% chlorine) to obtain a standard oil (1.96 g). NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5: 1.12 (6H, s), 1.55 (6H, s), 2.76 (2H, d), 2.82-2.89 (lH, m), 3.10 (lH, d), 3.60 (2H , S), 3.67 (3H, s) ^ 4.72- 4.79 (lH, bs), 7.05--7.10 (4H, m), 7.21-7.29 (2 H, m) 〇MS (EFI): m / z429 〔M + H〕 +

製備7: (3— {2—〔2—經基—2 -(5 —經基—6—經基 甲基吡啶一 2—基)乙胺基〕一 2—甲基丙基}苯 基)乙酸二鹽酸鹽Preparation 7: (3— {2-—2-Cyclo-2— (5-Cyclo-6—Cyclomethylpyridine—2-yl) ethylamino] —2-methylpropyl} phenyl) Acetic acid dihydrochloride

用氫氧化鋰(1M,10.1毫升,10.09毫莫耳)處理製 備物6(2.16克,5.05毫莫耳)/四氫呋喃(30毫升)並 在室溫下攪拌20小時。加入鹽酸(1M,20毫升,20.〇毫莫 耳)且繼續攪拌2小時,接著在60 °C下一小時。真空移除 溶劑且將該物質加到SCX管柱(甲醇至2M NH3/甲醇), 再以層析術純化(〇 — 20 % 甲醇/二氯甲烷+ 1 %氨)而 得黃色油狀物,將其溶在四氫呋喃(5毫升)內,用氫氧 化鋰(1M 2.72毫升,2.72毫莫耳)處理並在室溫下攪拌3 天。用鹽酸(1M,2.72毫升,2.72毫莫耳)中和反應混合 物且移除溶劑。加入氫氧化鋰(1M,2.72毫升,2· 72毫莫 耳)且在室溫下攪拌該混合物20小時。用鹽酸(4M ’二 -67- (64) 200533351 氧雜環己院中,1毫升,4毫莫耳)中和反應混合物 溶劑而得黃色玻璃狀物(62 9毫克)。 4 NMR ( CD3〇D,400MHz )占:1 · 8 5 ( 6 Η ’ s ) (2H,s) ,3.35(lH,dd) ,3.6〇(lH,dd), 2H,s) ,4.77(2H,s) ,5.01 - 5.05( lH,m) —7.26(3H,m) ,7.29—7.38 (2H,m) ,7·45 — 1 H,m )。 MS (電噴):m/z375〔M+H〕+ 製備8 : ( 3 —溴苯基)乙酸甲酯 且移除 ,3.05 3.63 ( ,7· 1 4 7.50 (Preparation 6 (2.16 g, 5.05 mmol) / tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) was treated with lithium hydroxide (1M, 10.1 ml, 10.09 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. Hydrochloric acid (1M, 20 ml, 20.0 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for 2 hours, then at 60 ° C for one hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the material was applied to an SCX column (methanol to 2M NH3 / methanol) and purified by chromatography (0-20% methanol / dichloromethane + 1% ammonia) to give a yellow oil. It was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5 ml), treated with lithium hydroxide (1M 2.72 ml, 2.72 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction mixture was neutralized with hydrochloric acid (1M, 2.72 ml, 2.72 mmol) and the solvent was removed. Lithium hydroxide (1M, 2.72 ml, 2.72 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was neutralized with hydrochloric acid (4M'di-67- (64) 200533351 oxetane, 1 ml, 4 mmol) to obtain a yellow glass (62 9 mg). 4 NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) accounted for: 1.85 (6 Η's) (2H, s), 3.35 (lH, dd), 3.6 (lH, dd), 2H, s), 4.77 (2H , S), 5.01-5.05 (lH, m) — 7.26 (3H, m), 7.29 — 7.38 (2H, m), 7.45 — 1 H, m). MS (electrospray): m / z375 [M + H] + Preparation 8: (3-bromophenyl) methyl acetate and removed, 3.05 3.63 (, 7. 1 4 7.50 (

BrBr

ch3ch3

於(3 —溴苯基)乙酸(20.0克,93毫莫耳) ·( 5 0 0毫升)溶液中在〇它氮氣下慢慢加入乙醯氯 升,9 · 3毫莫耳)且使反應於5小時期間漸溫至室溫 移除溶劑並將剩餘油狀物再溶於二氯甲院中’以硫 水且真空濃縮而得無色油狀標題化合物(2〇 .6克) NMR ( 400MHz,CDC13 ) (5 : 3·59 ( 2H,s) (3H,s) ,7·17— 7·24 (2H,m) ,7.37—7.45 ( )° LRMS ESI m / z 253 [ M+Na] + 製備9: 〔3—(2-酮基丙基)苯基〕乙酸甲酯 /甲醇 (0.7 毫 。真空 酸鈉脫 〇 ,3.7 0 2H,m -68- (65) 200533351 h3cTo (3-bromophenyl) acetic acid (20.0 g, 93 mmol) · (500 ml) was slowly added acetamidine (9 · 3 mmol) under nitrogen and the reaction was allowed to proceed. The solvent was removed gradually over 5 hours to room temperature and the remaining oil was redissolved in dichloromethane 'with sulfur water and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (20.6 g) as a colorless oil. NMR (400 MHz , CDC13) (5: 3.59 (2H, s) (3H, s), 7.17— 7.24 (2H, m), 7.37—7.45 () ° LRMS ESI m / z 253 [M + Na] + Preparation 9: [3- (2-ketopropyl) phenyl] methyl acetate / methanol (0.7 mmol. Sodium vacuum removal, 3.7 0 2H, m -68- (65) 200533351 h3c

ch3ch3

將甲氧化三丁錫(28·3毫升,98毫莫耳),| 物(15.0克,65毫莫耳)、乙酸異丙烯基(10.8毫 毫莫耳)、乙酸鈀(II) (750毫克,3.30毫莫耳) 鄰一甲苯基膦(2.0克,6.5毫莫耳)一起在甲苯( )中於1 00 °C下攪拌5小時。於冷卻之後,用乙酸 160毫升)和4M氟化鉀水溶液(90毫升)稀釋反應 拌15分鐘。將混合物濾過Arbo cel ®且分出有機相 濃縮。然後以管柱層析術在矽膠上用乙醚:戊烷, 至2 5 : 7 5,接著二氯甲烷,溶析純化而得淡黃色油 化合物,產率94%(12·6克)。 】H NMR ( 400MHz,CDC13 ) (5 : 2.15 ( 3H,s) (2H,s) ,3.69(5H,s) ,7.10—7.13 (2H, 7·19 ( 1H,d ) ,7.30 ( 1H,t )。 LRMS ESI: m/z 229 [ M+Na] + 製備 10: 〔3— ( (2R) — 2— { 〔 (1R) — 1—苯 〕胺基丨丙基)苯基〕乙酸甲酯鹽酸鹽 ^備8產 升,98 和二— 75毫升 乙酯( ,且攪 並真空 0-100 狀標題 ,3.61 乙基Tributyltin Methoxide (28.3 ml, 98 mM), | (15.0 g, 65 mM), isopropenyl acetate (10.8 mM), palladium (II) acetate (750 mg , 3.30 mmoles) o-Tolylphosphine (2.0 g, 6.5 mmoles) were stirred together in toluene () at 100 ° C for 5 hours. After cooling, the reaction was diluted with 160 ml of acetic acid) and 4M aqueous potassium fluoride solution (90 ml) and stirred for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered through Arbo cel ® and the organic phase was separated and concentrated. Then it was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with diethyl ether: pentane to 25:75, followed by dichloromethane, and eluted to obtain a pale yellow oily compound with a yield of 94% (12 · 6 g). ] H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) (5: 2.15 (3H, s) (2H, s), 3.69 (5H, s), 7.10-7.13 (2H, 7.19 (1H, d)), 7.30 (1H, t ). LRMS ESI: m / z 229 [M + Na] + Preparation 10: [3- ((2R) — 2— {[((1R) — 1-phenyl] amino] propyl) phenyl) phenyl] methyl acetate Hydrochloride ^ Prepare 8 liters, 98 and 2-75 ml ethyl acetate (and stir in vacuum 0-100 title, 3.61 ethyl

將製備9的產物(8.5克,4 1 · 2毫莫耳)、(R 一甲基苄胺(4·8毫升,37.2毫莫耳)、三乙醯氧 化鈉(1 1 · 6克,5 6毫莫耳)和乙酸(2 · 2毫升,3 8 )—a 基棚氨 毫莫耳 - 69- (66) (66)The product of Preparation 9 (8.5 g, 4 1.2 mmol), (R monomethylbenzylamine (4.8 ml, 37.2 mmol), sodium triacetamidine oxide (1 1.6 g, 5 6 millimoles) and acetic acid (2.2 ml, 3 8) —a base shed ammonia millole-69- (66) (66)

200533351 )在二氯甲烷(4 0 0毫升)中的溶液置於室溫下攪 時。經由添加飽和碳酸氫鈉溶液(2 0 0毫升)驟止 合物且攪拌到停止起泡爲止。分出水相並用二氯 1 〇 〇毫升)萃取。然後將合倂有機溶液以硫酸鎂脫 空濃縮。在砂膠上,用二氯甲垸:甲醇:氨,9 9 : 至9 5 : 5 : 0 · 5溶析以管柱層析術純化而得非鏡像異 主要爲R,R) 4 : 1混合物,爲淡黃色油狀物(8.7] 用氯化氫(4 0毫升,1 Μ,甲醇溶液,4 0毫莫耳) 接著,三次連續結晶化(異丙醚/甲醇)而得白色 體標題化合物,50%產率,5.68克。 】H NMR ( 400MHz,CD3OD ) (5 : 1 . 1 8 ( 3 Η,d ) (3H,d) ,2·60 — 2.66(lH,m) ,3.15— 3.26( ),3·25— 3.30(lH,m) ,3.31(3H,s) ? 3.62 s) ,4.59(lH,q) ,6·99— 7·02(2Η,ηι) ,7· ,m) ,7.25-7.28 (lH,m) ,7·48— 7·52(5Η, LRMSESIm/z312〔M+H〕+ 製備11: {3 -〔 (2R) — 2-胺基丙基〕苯基}乙 〇、 ch3 將製備10產物(7.69克,22毫莫耳)和甲酸錢 克,1 1 0毫莫耳)的溶液於2 0 %氫氧化鈀/碳(2 . 存在中加熱到7 5 °C。9 0分鐘之後,將反應混合物冷 溫,濾過Arbo cel ®並將濾液真空濃縮。將剩餘物 甲烷(1 〇 〇毫升)與0.8 8氨(]〇 〇毫升)之間分溶且 - 70- 拌4 8小 反應混 甲烷( 水並真 1:0.1 構物( t克)。 處理, 結晶固 > 1.68 1H,m (2H, 1 7 ( 1 Η 酸甲酯 (6.94 〇〇克) 卻到室 在二氯 分開液 (67) 200533351 相。水相經二氯甲烷(1 〇〇毫升)萃取且將合倂有機溶液 以硫酸鎂脫水及真空濃縮而得無色油狀標題化合物,爲全 量產率(4.78克)。 ]H NMR ( 400MHz ^ CD3OD) δ : 1.06 ( 3Η,d) ,2.57 —2.67(2H,m) ,3.05— 3.12( lH,m) ,3.63(2H,s ),3.67(3H,s) ,7.09 — 7.13(3H,m) ,7.23— 7.27 (1 H,t )。200533351) when the solution in dichloromethane (400 ml) was stirred at room temperature. The mixture was quenched by adding saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (200 ml) and stirred until foaming ceased. The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with 100 ml of dichloromethane. The combined organic solution was then concentrated by dehydrating with magnesium sulfate. On sand gel, dichloromethane: methanol: ammonia, 9 9: to 9 5: 5: 0 · 5 was eluted and purified by column chromatography to obtain non-mirror images, mainly R, R) 4: 1 The mixture was a pale yellow oil (8.7) with hydrogen chloride (40 ml, 1 M, methanol solution, 40 mmol). Then, three consecutive crystallizations (isopropyl ether / methanol) gave the title compound as a white body, 50% yield, 5.68 g.] H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) (5: 1.1. 8 (3 Η, d) (3H, d), 2.60-2.66 (lH, m), 3.15-3.26 ( ), 3.25— 3.30 (lH, m), 3.31 (3H, s)-3.62 s), 4.59 (lH, q), 6.99—7.02 (2Η, η), 7. · m), 7.25-7.28 (lH, m), 7.48—7.52 (5Η, LRMSESIm / z312 [M + H] + Preparation 11: {3-[(2R) — 2-aminopropyl] phenyl} ethyl 〇, ch3 The solution of 10 products (7.69 g, 22 mmol) and formic acid formic acid, 110 mmol was prepared in 20% palladium hydroxide / carbon (2. In the presence of heating to 7 5 ° C After 90 minutes, the reaction mixture was cooled, filtered through Arbocel® and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue methane (100 ml) was mixed with 0.8 8 Ammonia (] 00 ml) was separated and mixed with -70- and 4 8 small reaction mixed with methane (water and true 1: 0.1 structure (t g). Treatment, crystalline solid> 1.68 1H, m (2H, 1 7 (1 methyl acetate (6.94 g)) was separated into a dichloromethane (67) 200533351 phase. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (100 ml) and the organic solution was dehydrated with magnesium sulfate. And concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a colorless oil in full yield (4.78 g).] H NMR (400MHz ^ CD3OD) δ: 1.06 (3Η, d), 2.57—2.67 (2H, m), 3.05—3.12 (lH, m), 3.63 (2H, s), 3.67 (3H, s), 7.09-7.13 (3H, m), 7.23-7.27 (1H, t).

LRMS ESI m/ z 208〔 M + H〕+LRMS ESI m / z 208 〔M + H〕 +

製備 12: (3— { (2R) — 2—〔2— (2,2— 一 甲基—4H —[1 5 3 ] 一氧雜一矯并[5 5 4 — b ] 口比 Π定—6 — 基)一 2—羥基乙胺基〕丙基丨苯基)乙酸甲酯Preparation 12: (3— {(2R) — 2— [2— (2,2—monomethyl-4H — [1 5 3] monooxa-coordination [5 5 4 — b] 6-yl) -2-hydroxyethylamino] propyl 丨 phenyl) methyl acetate

OHOH

Φ 從製備1 1產物和2,2 —二甲基一 6 —環氧乙烷基—4H —〔1,3〕二氧雜二烯并〔5,4 — b〕吡啶,使用類似製 備6之方法製備標題化合物,爲棕色油(1.35克,42% ) 〇 ]H NMR ( CD3〇D ^ 400MHz) 5 :1.06(3H,d) ,1·52 (6H,s) ,2·56— 2.7 5 (3H,m) ,2.83-3.04 (2H,m ),3.61/3.67 (3 Η,2χ s) ,4.66— 4.71 ( 1Η,m), 4.74/4.78 (2H,2x,s) ,7.04— 7.30 (6H,m)。 LRMS APCI m / z 4 1 5〔 Μ + Η〕+ -71 - (68) 200533351 製備 13: (3—丨(2R) — 2—〔2—羥基—2— (5—羥基 —6 —羥甲基一吡啶一 2 —基)乙胺基〕丙基}苯 基)乙酸鹽酸鹽Φ From the product of preparation 1 and 2,2-dimethyl-6-oxiranyl-4H- [1,3] dioxadiene [5,4-b] pyridine, use similar preparation of 6 Method The title compound was prepared as a brown oil (1.35 g, 42%). O] H NMR (CD3OD 400 MHz) 5: 1.06 (3H, d), 1.52 (6H, s), 2.56-2.7 5 (3H, m), 2.83-3.04 (2H, m), 3.61 / 3.67 (3 Η, 2χ s), 4.66—4.71 (1Η, m), 4.74 / 4.78 (2H, 2x, s), 7.04— 7.30 ( 6H, m). LRMS APCI m / z 4 1 5 [Μ + Η] + -71-(68) 200533351 Preparation 13: (3- 丨 (2R) — 2-—2-hydroxy-2— (5-hydroxy-6-hydroxymethyl) -Pyridinyl-2-yl) ethylamino] propyl} phenyl) acetic acid hydrochloride

用氫氧化鋰(1M,6.52毫升,6.52毫莫耳)處理製備 物12 (1.35克,3.26毫莫耳)/四氫呋喃(20毫升)且在 室溫下攪拌40小時。加入鹽酸(1M,20毫升,20.0毫莫耳 )且在60 °C下繼續攪拌2小時。真空蒸發而得棕色玻璃狀 物(2.94 克,>100%)。 !H NMR ( CD3OD,400MHz ) 5 : 1.28 ( 3H,2x d), 2.75 - 2.84 (1H, m ), 3.26 -3.34 (1 H,m ), J . J J — 3.67 ( 5H, m ), 4.97 ( 2H, s ) ,5 · 36 ( 1 H,dt ) ,7. 1 7 -7.24 (3H ,m ) ,7.80 (1H ,dt ) 5 • 7.8 8 - 7.9 5 ( 2 H,m )° LRMS APCI m/ z 361 〔M + H〕+ 實施例 1:N— (3’4 — 一氯干基)一 2— (3— {2— (2 —羥基一 2 - ( 5 —羥基一 6 —羥甲基吡啶一2 —基 )乙胺基〕一 2—甲基丙基丨苯基)乙醯胺 HO.Preparation 12 (1.35 g, 3.26 mmol) / tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) was treated with lithium hydroxide (1 M, 6.52 ml, 6.52 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 40 hours. Add hydrochloric acid (1M, 20 mL, 20.0 mmol) and continue stirring at 60 ° C for 2 hours. Evaporation in vacuo gave a brown glassy substance (2.94 g, > 100%). ! H NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5: 1.28 (3H, 2x d), 2.75-2.84 (1H, m), 3.26 -3.34 (1 H, m), J. JJ — 3.67 (5H, m), 4.97 ( 2H, s), 5.36 (1 H, dt), 7. 1 7 -7.24 (3H, m), 7.80 (1H, dt) 5 • 7.8 8-7.9 5 (2 H, m) ° LRMS APCI m / z 361 〔M + H〕 + Example 1: N— (3'4 — monochloro dry group) — 2 — (3 — {2 — (2 —hydroxyl 2 — (5 —hydroxyl 6 —hydroxymethyl) Pyridyl-2 -yl) ethylamino]-2-methylpropyl phenyl) acetamido HO.

-72 - (69) 200533351 將製備物7 ( 1 5 0毫克,3 4 2微莫耳,粗製物)、;[一( . 3 —二甲胺基丙基)一 3—乙基碳化二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽(65毫 克’ 342微莫耳)、經基苯并三哗水合物(53毫克,342微 旲耳)、和三乙胺(93微升,684微莫耳)在N,N-二甲 基甲醯胺(5毫升)中攪拌10分鐘後,加入3,4一二氯苄 酯(6 0毫克,3 4 2微莫耳),且在室溫下攪拌所得溶液2 0 小時。移除溶劑且將產物溶在二氯甲烷(2 0毫升)中,用 • 飽和碳酸氫鈉(20毫升)、食鹽水(2x30毫升)萃取且 脫水(M g S 04 )。產物經層析術純化二次(〇 — 1 〇 % 甲醇 /二氯甲烷+ 1 %氨)而得黃色玻璃狀物(1 5毫克)。 】H NMR ( CD3OD,400MHz ) <5 : 1·04 ( 3H,s) ,i .05 (3H,s) ,2.68(2H,dd) ,2.91(lH,dd) ,3.00( 1Ή,dd ) ,3.47 ( 2H,s) ,4.25 ( 2H,s) ,4.63 ( 2H, s ) ,4.67(lH,dd) ,7.00 — 7.34(9H,m)。 MS ( A P CI ) : m/z 532/533/534〔 M+H〕+ 實施例2: N— (3,4 —二甲基苄基)—2—(3— {2—〔 2 —羥基一2— (5—羥基一6 —羥甲基吡啶一 2-基)乙胺基〕一 2—甲基丙基}苯基)乙醯胺-72-(69) 200533351 The preparation 7 (150 mg, 3 4 2 micromolar, crude), [[(3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodicarbamide Imine hydrochloride (65 mg '342 micromoles), triphenylbenzotriazole hydrate (53 mg, 342 micromoles), and triethylamine (93 microliters, 684 micromoles) After stirring in N-dimethylformamide (5 ml) for 10 minutes, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl ester (60 mg, 3 4 2 micromoles) was added, and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature 2 0 hour. The solvent was removed and the product was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml), extracted with saturated sodium bicarbonate (20 ml), brine (2 x 30 ml) and dehydrated (M g S 04). The product was purified twice by chromatography (0-10% methanol / dichloromethane + 1% ammonia) to give a yellow glass (15 mg). ] H NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) < 5: 1.04 (3H, s), i.05 (3H, s), 2.68 (2H, dd), 2.91 (lH, dd), 3.00 (1, dd) , 3.47 (2H, s), 4.25 (2H, s), 4.63 (2H, s), 4.67 (lH, dd), 7.00-7.34 (9H, m). MS (AP CI): m / z 532/533/534 〔M + H〕 + Example 2: N— (3,4-dimethylbenzyl) —2— (3— {2— [2 —hydroxyl 2- (5-hydroxy-6-hydroxymethylpyridine-2-yl) ethylamino] -2-methylpropyl} phenyl) acetamidamine

使用3,4 -二甲基苄基胺以實施例1槪述之程序製備 而得淡黃色泡沬物。 】H NMR(CD 3 OD,400 MHz) δ : 1.07 (3Η,s) ,1.08 -73- (70) 200533351A pale yellow foam was prepared by using 3,4-dimethylbenzylamine by the procedure described in Example 1. ] H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) δ: 1.07 (3Η, s), 1.08 -73- (70) 200533351

(3H,s) ,2.18(3H,s) ,2.19(3H,s) ,2.70(2H ,dd) ,2.91(lH,dd) ,2.99(lH,dd) ,3.52(2H, s) ,4.27(2H,s) ,4.69(2H,s) ,4.71(lH,dd) ,6.89— 7.25 (9H,m)。 MS(APCI) :m/z492〔M+H〕+ 實施例3: N —環己基甲基—2 —(3 — {2 —〔2 —羥基一 2(3H, s), 2.18 (3H, s), 2.19 (3H, s), 2.70 (2H, dd), 2.91 (lH, dd), 2.99 (lH, dd), 3.52 (2H, s), 4.27 ( 2H, s), 4.69 (2H, s), 4.71 (lH, dd), 6.89-7.25 (9H, m). MS (APCI): m / z492 [M + H] + Example 3: N—Cyclohexylmethyl-2— (3 — {2 — [2 —Hydroxy-1 2

一 (5 —羥基一 6 —羥基甲基吡啶一2 —基)一乙 基胺基〕一 2-甲基丙基}苯基)乙醯胺Mono (5-hydroxy-6-hydroxymethylpyridine-2-yl) -ethylamino] -2-methylpropyl} phenyl) acetamide

使用環己基甲胺以實施例1槪述之程序製備而得淡黃 色泡沫物。 !H NMR ( CD3OD,400MHz ) 5 : 0 · 8 1 - 0.9 4 ( 2 Η,m ),1.09(3H,s) ,l.ll(3H,s) ,1·14— 1·27(4Η,A pale yellow foam was obtained by using cyclohexylmethylamine following the procedure described in Example 1. ! H NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5: 0 · 8 1-0.9 4 (2 Η, m), 1.09 (3H, s), 1.1 (3H, s), 1.14-1.27 (4Η,

m ) ,1.84— 1.86(lH,m) ,1.59-1.72(4H,m), 2.71(2H,dd) ,2.91—30.5 (4H,m) ,3.47(2H,s) ,4.70 ( 2H,s) ,4.72 ( 1H,dd ) ,7.05 ( 1H,d), 7.12- 7.26 ( 5H,m )。 MS ( APCI ) :m/z470〔M+H〕+ 實施例4: N-〔2—(4 —氯苯基)乙基〕—2-(3 - {2 一〔2—經基—2— (5-經基—6-經甲基一 D比口定 一 2—基〕一 2-甲基丙基丨苯基)乙醯胺 -74- 200533351m), 1.84—1.86 (lH, m), 1.59-1.72 (4H, m), 2.71 (2H, dd), 2.91-30.5 (4H, m), 3.47 (2H, s), 4.70 (2H, s) , 4.72 (1H, dd), 7.05 (1H, d), 7.12- 7.26 (5H, m). MS (APCI): m / z470 [M + H] + Example 4: N- [2- (4-chlorophenyl) ethyl] -2- (3-{2 a (5-Cycloyl-6-Cyclomethyl-D-Cyclobutyral 2-yl] -2-methylpropyl 丨 phenyl) acetamidamine-74- 200533351

使用4 -氯苯基乙胺以實施例1中槪述之程序製備而得 淡黃色泡沫。 NMR(CD3OD,400MHz) (5 : 1·09(3Η,s ) ,1.11 (3H,s) ,2.69— 2.80 (4H,m) ,2.91(lH,dd), 3.00( lH,dd) ,3.39(2H,t) ,3.43(2H,s) ,4.70A pale yellow foam was obtained by using 4-chlorophenylethylamine following the procedure described in Example 1. NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) (5: 1.09 (3Η, s), 1.11 (3H, s), 2.69-2.80 (4H, m), 2.91 (lH, dd), 3.00 (lH, dd), 3.39 ( 2H, t), 3.43 (2H, s), 4.70

(2H,s) ,4_72(lH,dd) ,7.05— 7.14(6H,m), 7. 1 7 — 7·26 ( 4H,m )。 MS (APCI) : m/z 512/513/514〔 M+H〕+ 實施例5: N— (2 —羥基苄基)一 2— (3— { ( 2R ) - 2 —〔2 —羥基一 2 — ( 5 —羥基—6 —羥甲基吡啶一 2-基)乙胺基〕丙基}苯基)乙醯胺(2H, s), 4_72 (lH, dd), 7.05-7.14 (6H, m), 7.17-7.26 (4H, m). MS (APCI): m / z 512/513/514 〔M + H〕 + Example 5: N— (2-hydroxybenzyl) —2— (3— {(2R)-2 — [2 —hydroxyl— 2- (5-hydroxy-6-hydroxymethylpyridine-2-yl) ethylamino] propyl} phenyl) acetamidamine

從製備1 3產物和2 -胺甲基苯酚,使用類似於實施例1 之方法製備標題化合物,爲淡黃色泡沫物(28毫克)。 NMR( CD3OD,400MHz) ο : 1.06/ 1.07 ( 3 Η ^ 2χ d ),2·5 6— 2.66 ( lH,m) ,2.72-2.81 (lH,m) ^ 2.86 -3·09 ( 3Η,m ) ,3 · 5 2 / 3 . 5 3 ( 2 Η,2 χ s ) ,4.3 2/4.3 3 ( 2Η,2χ s ) ,4·69/4·70(2Η,2χ s ) ,4·70— 4·74(1Η, m ) ,6.7 0 — 6 · 7 8 ( 2 Η,m ) ,7 · 0 1 — 7.2 5 ( 8 Η,m )。 -75- (72) 200533351 MS ( APCI ) :m/z466[M+H] 實施例6: N—苄基—2— (3— { (2R) - 2— 〔2—羥基 一 2 — ( 5 —羥基一 6 —羥甲基吡啶一 2 —基)乙胺基〕丙基 }苯基)乙醯胺From the product of Preparation 13 and 2-aminomethylphenol, the title compound was prepared as a pale yellow foam (28 mg) using a method similar to that in Example 1. NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) ο: 1.06 / 1.07 (3 Η ^ 2χ d), 2.5 · 6— 2.66 (lH, m), 2.72-2.81 (lH, m) ^ 2.86 -3 · 09 (3Η, m) , 3 · 5 2/3. 5 3 (2 Η, 2 χ s), 4.3 2 / 4.3 3 (2 Η, 2 χ s), 4 · 69/4 · 70 (2Η, 2 χ s), 4 · 70— 4 · 74 (1Η, m), 6.70 — 6 · 7 8 (2 Η, m), 7 · 0 1 — 7.2 5 (8 Η, m). -75- (72) 200533351 MS (APCI): m / z466 [M + H] Example 6: N-benzyl-2— (3— {(2R)-2— [2-hydroxy-1 2 — (5 —Hydroxy-6-hydroxymethylpyridine-2-yl) ethylamino] propyl} phenyl) acetamidamine

從製備1 3產物和苄胺,使用類似實施例1的方法製備 標題化合物。 ]H NMR ( CD3OD,40 0MHz ) <5 : 1 . 0 5 /1 · 0 6 ( 3 Η,2 x d ),2.56-2.66(lH,m) ,2.70— 2.80(lH,m) ,2.84 —3.10(3H,m) ,3.52/3.53 (2H,2x s) ,4.35/4.36( 2H,2x s ) ,4.68/4.69 (2H,2x s) ,4.70— 4.73 ( 1H, m ) ,7·02— 7.28 ( llH,m)。 MS (APCI) :m/z450〔M+H〕+From the Preparation 13 product and benzylamine, the title compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 1. ] H NMR (CD3OD, 40 0MHz) < 5: 1.0 5/1 / 1.06 (3 Η, 2 xd), 2.56-2.66 (lH, m), 2.70-2.80 (lH, m), 2.84- 3.10 (3H, m), 3.52 / 3.53 (2H, 2x s), 4.35 / 4.36 (2H, 2x s), 4.68 / 4.69 (2H, 2x s), 4.70— 4.73 (1H, m), 7.02— 7.28 (11H, m). MS (APCI): m / z450 〔M + H〕 +

實施例7: N —(3,4 一二甲基苄基)—2— (3— { ( 2R )—2—〔2— (2 —羥基—2— (5-羥基—6 —羥 甲基一吡啶一 2 —基)一乙胺基〕丙基}乙醯胺Example 7: N — (3,4 dimethylbenzyl) — 2 — (3 — {(2R) — 2 — [2 — (2 —hydroxy — 2 — (5-hydroxy-6 —hydroxymethyl) Monopyridine-2-yl) monoethylamino] propyl} acetamidamine

HOHO

I 從製備1 3產物和3,4 一二甲基苄胺,使用類似實施例 1的方法製備標題化合物。 -76- (73) 200533351 1 H NMR ( CD3OD,400MHz ) δ : 1 · 0 6 /1 · 0 7 ( 3 Η,2 x d ),2· 1 9/2.20 ( 6H,2x s ) ,2 · 5 5 - 2 · 6 6 ( 1H,m ), 2.70— 2.80 ( lH,m) ,2.84— 3.10(3H,m) ,3.50/3.51 (2H,2x s) ,4.2 8/4.2 9 ( 2H,2x s ) ,4 · 6 7/4 · 6 8 ( 2 H, 2xs) ,4·70— 4.73 ( lH,m) ,6.88-7.28 (9H,m) 〇 MS ( APCI ) :m/z478〔M+H〕+I The title compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 1 from the preparation of the 13 product and 3,4-dimethylbenzylamine. -76- (73) 200533351 1 H NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 1 · 0 6/1 · 0 7 (3 Η, 2 xd), 2 · 1 9 / 2.20 (6H, 2x s), 2 · 5 5-2 · 6 6 (1H, m), 2.70— 2.80 (lH, m), 2.84— 3.10 (3H, m), 3.50 / 3.51 (2H, 2x s), 4.2 8 / 4.2 9 (2H, 2x s ), 4 · 6 7/4 · 6 8 (2 H, 2xs), 4.70—4.73 (lH, m), 6.88-7.28 (9H, m) 〇MS (APCI): m / z478 〔M + H ] +

實施例8: N— (2,5 —二甲基苄基)一 2— (3— { (2R )—2—〔2-羥基—2— (5 —羥基一 6—羥甲基 吡啶一 2 —基)乙胺基〕丙基}苯基乙)乙醯胺Example 8: N— (2,5-dimethylbenzyl) —2— (3 -— ((2R) —2— [2-hydroxy-2— (5-hydroxy-6-hydroxymethylpyridine—2 —Yl) ethylamino] propyl} phenylethyl) acetamidamine

從製備1 3產物和2,5 —二甲基苄胺,使用類似實施例 1之方法製備標題化合物。From the Preparation 13 product and 2,5-dimethylbenzylamine, the title compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 1.

NMR ( CD3OD,400MHz ) δ : 1 . 0 6 / 1 . 0 7 ( 3 Η,2 x d ),2·18(3Η,2x s ) ,2·21 (3H,2x s ) ,2.56 - 2.66 (lH,m) ,2.70— 2.80 ( lH,m) ,2.82-3.08 (3H,m ),3.51/3.52 ( 2H,2x s ) ,4.30/4.31 ( 2H,2x s ), 4.68/4.69 (2H,2xs),4.70—4.73 (lH,m),6.90 — 7 · 2 6 ( 9 H,m )。 MS ( APCI) : m / z 4 7 8 [ M + H ] + 實施例 9: 2— (3— { ( 2R) —2— 〔2 —羥基—2— (5 — -77- (74)200533351 羥基—6 —羥甲基吡啶一 2 —基)乙胺基〕丙基} 苯基)一 N—(2 —甲氧基苄基)乙醯胺NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 1.06 / 1.07 (3 Η, 2 xd), 2.18 (3Η, 2x s), 2.21 (3H, 2x s), 2.56-2.66 (lH , M), 2.70— 2.80 (lH, m), 2.82-3.08 (3H, m), 3.51 / 3.52 (2H, 2x s), 4.30 / 4.31 (2H, 2x s), 4.68 / 4.69 (2H, 2xs) , 4.70—4.73 (lH, m), 6.90—7 · 2 6 (9 H, m). MS (APCI): m / z 4 7 8 [M + H] + Example 9: 2— (3— {(2R) —2— [2 —hydroxyl—2— (5 — -77- (74) 200533351 Hydroxy-6-hydroxymethylpyridine- 2-yl) ethylamino] propyl} phenyl) -N- (2-methoxybenzyl) acetamidamine

從製備1 3產 物和: 2 -甲 氧基 苄胺, 使用 類似於實施例1 的 方法製備標題 化合物。 ]H NMR ( CD 3 0 D, 400MHz ) ά : 1 .05/1 .06 (3H, 2 x d ) ,2.56 - 2.66 (1H ,m ) ,2. 70-2. 8 0 ( 1H, m ), 2. 8 1 — 3·10 ( 3H,m ),3 .51/3. ,52 ( 2H,2 x s ) ,3 • 78 ( 3 H ,s ) ,4·36/4·37 ( 2H, 2 x s ), 4.68/4 • 69 ( 2H ,2 x s ) , 4. 69 - 4.74 ( 1 H ,m ) ,6 · 79 - 6.84 ( 1H, t ) ,6.90 ( 1H d ) ,7.02 — 7 .27 ( 8 H,m ) o MS ( APCI ) :m / z 480 〔M - f Η ] 4From the product of Preparation 13 and: 2-methoxybenzylamine, the title compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 1. ] H NMR (CD 3 0 D, 400MHz): 1.05 / 1 .06 (3H, 2 xd), 2.56-2.66 (1H, m), 2. 70-2. 8 0 (1H, m), 2. 8 1 — 3 · 10 (3H, m), 3.5 1/5. 3, 52 (2H, 2 xs), 3 • 78 (3 H, s), 4 · 36/4 · 37 (2H, 2 xs), 4.68 / 4 • 69 (2H, 2 xs), 4. 69-4.74 (1 H, m), 6. 79-6.84 (1H, t), 6.90 (1H d), 7.02 — 7 .27 ( 8 H, m) o MS (APCI): m / z 480 〔M-f Η] 4

實施例10: N —(2—乙氧基苄基)一2—(3 — { (2R) —2—〔2 —羥基一 2— (5—羥基—6 —羥甲基 吡啶一 2 —基)乙胺基〕丙基丨苯基)乙醯胺Example 10: N- (2-ethoxybenzyl) -2- (3-((2R) -2-2- [2-hydroxy-1-2- (5-hydroxy-6-hydroxymethylpyridine-2-yl ) Ethylamino] propyl 丨 phenyl) Ethylamine

從製備1 3產物和2 -乙氧基苄胺,使用類似於實施例1 的方法,製備標題化合物。 ]H NMR(CD3OD, 400MHz) ο : 1.06/1.0 7 (3Η, 2χ d ),1.34(3H,t) ,2.56-2.66 (lH,m) ,2.70—2.80 -78- (75) (75)From the Preparation 13 product and 2-ethoxybenzylamine, the title compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 1. ] H NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) ο: 1.06 / 1.0 7 (3 2, 2χ d), 1.34 (3H, t), 2.56-2.66 (lH, m), 2.70—2.80 -78- (75) (75)

200533351 (1 Η,ηι ) ,2.8 2 - 3 . 1 0 ( 3 Η,m ) s ) ,4.02 ( 2H,q ) ,4.3 4/4.3 5 ( 2H (2H,2xs) ,4·70— 4.74 ( lH,m ,t ) ,6.88 ( 1H,d ) ,7.01 — 7.24 ( MS(APCI) : m/ z 494 [ M + H ] 4 實施例11: N— (3,4 —二氯苄基)— -2 -〔2 —羥基—2— (5- • 3.5 4/3.5 5 ( 2 H,2x ,2x s) , 4.70/4.71 ),7.03 - 7.2 2 ( 1 H 8 H,m ) o 2- ( 3 — { ( 2R) -羥基一 6 —羥甲基 丙基}苯基)乙醯 一吡啶一2 —基)乙胺基〕 胺200533351 (1Η, η), 2.8 2-3.10 (3Η, m) s), 4.02 (2H, q), 4.3 4 / 4.3 5 (2H (2H, 2xs), 4.70-4.74 ( lH, m, t), 6.88 (1H, d), 7.01 — 7.24 (MS (APCI): m / z 494 [M + H] 4 Example 11: N— (3,4—dichlorobenzyl) — -2-[2-Hydroxy-2— (5- • 3.5 4 / 3.5 5 (2 H, 2x, 2x s), 4.70 / 4.71), 7.03-7.2 2 (1 H 8 H, m) o 2- ( 3 — {(2R) -hydroxy-6-hydroxymethylpropyl} phenyl) acetamidine-pyridine-2-yl) ethylamino] amine

從製備1 3產物和3,4 一二氯苄胺 1的方法製備標題化合物。 ]H NMR ( CD3OD,400MHz ) 5 : ),2·56— 2.66 ( lH,m) ,2.70 — 2 —3.]0(3H,m) ,3.54/3.55 (2 Η, 2Η,2χ s ) ,4.70/4.7 1 ( 2Η,2χ s ) m ) ,7.03-7.22(7H,m) » 7.36 1 Η,d ) 〇 MS ( APCI ) : m / z 5 1 8 [ M + H ] 實施例1 2 : N -( 2 —氯一 6 -氟苄基) )—2—〔2 —羥基—2—( ,使用類似於實施例 .06/ 1 .07 ( 3 H,2x s 80(lH,m) ,2·81 !χ s ) ,4.3 4/4.3 5 ( ,4.70 — 4.74 ( 1Η, 1H,d ) ,7.45 1 ( —2— ( 3 - { ( 2 R 5—羥基一 6—羥甲 -79- (76) (76)200533351 基吼啶一 2—基)乙胺基〕丙基丨苯基)乙醯 胺The title compound was prepared from the method for preparing the 1 3 product and 3,4 dichlorobenzylamine 1. ] H NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5:), 2.56—2.66 (lH, m), 2.70—2-3 — 3.0 (3H, m), 3.54 / 3.55 (2 Η, 2Η, 2χ s), 4.70 / 4.7 1 (2Η, 2χ s) m), 7.03-7.22 (7H, m) »7.36 1 Η, d) MS (APCI): m / z 5 1 8 [M + H] Example 12: N- (2-chloro-6-fluorobenzyl))-2- [2-hydroxy-2— (, using similar to Example .06 / 1.07 (3H, 2x s 80 (lH, m), 2.81! Χ s), 4.3 4 / 4.3 5 (, 4.70 — 4.74 (1Η, 1H, d), 7.45 1 (—2— (3-{(2 R 5—hydroxy-6-hydroxymethyl-79- (76) (76) 200533351 Glulamidine-2-yl) ethylamino] propyl] phenyl) acetamidamine

從製備1 3產物和2 —氯一 6 -氟苄胺,使用類似於實施 例1的方法,製備標題化合物。 NMR ( CD3〇D ’ 400MHz ) 5 : 1 · 0 6 /1 · 0 7 ( 3 Η, 2 x s ) 2.5 5 - 2.63 ( 1 H ^ m ),2·70 一 2.80(lH,m),2·82 -3·10 ( 3H,m) ,3.4 7/3.4 8 ( 2H,2x s ) ,4.54/4.5 5 (From the product of Preparation 13 and 2-chloro-6-fluorobenzylamine, the title compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 1. NMR (CD3OD '400MHz) 5: 1 · 0 6/1 · 0 7 (3 Η, 2 xs) 2.5 5-2.63 (1 H ^ m), 2.70-2.80 (lH, m), 2 · 82 -3 · 10 (3H, m), 3.4 7 / 3.4 8 (2H, 2x s), 4.54 / 4.5 5 (

2H,2x s ) ,4·69-4·70(2Η,2x s ) ,4.70 - 4.73 ( 1 H ,ni) ,7.00 - 7.34( 9H,m) 〇 MS ( APCI ) :m/z502〔M+H〕+ 式(1 )化合物作爲強力/3 2激動劑因而媒介平滑肌鬆 弛之能力可經由測量/3 2腎上線素能受體刺激對於天竺鼠 氣管條的電場刺激收縮之影響而測定。 天竺鼠氣管 將雄,Dunkin-Hartley天竺鼠( 475 — 525克)經由 C02窒息及從股動脈放血而殺死,並分離出氣管。從每一 動物得到4份製備物,從緊接在咽喉下開始解剖且採取2.5 公分長的氣管。經由從氣管肌對面的軟骨切割開氣管段, 然後切出3 - 4軟骨環寬度的橫切片。將所得條狀製備物經 由使用穿過上端和下端軟骨帶繫緊的棉線懸浮在5毫升器 官槽內。將該等條在含有3 Μ消炎痛(I n d 〇 m e t h a c i n )( -80- (77) (77)2005333512H, 2x s), 4.69-4 · 70 (2Η, 2x s), 4.70-4.73 (1 H, ni), 7.00-7.34 (9H, m) 〇MS (APCI): m / z502 [M + H] + The compound of formula (1) acts as a potent / 3 2 agonist and thus the ability of mediator smooth muscles to relax can be measured by measuring the effect of the 3/2 adrenergic receptor stimulation on the electric field-stimulated contraction of guinea pig trachea strips. Guinea pig trachea Male, Dunkin-Hartley guinea pigs (475-525 g) were killed by asphyxiation with C02 and bleeding from the femoral artery, and the trachea was isolated. Four preparations were obtained from each animal, dissected starting immediately under the throat and a 2.5 cm trachea was taken. The tracheal segment is cut through the cartilage from the opposite side of the trachea muscle, and a cross section of 3-4 cartilage ring width is cut out. The obtained strip-shaped preparation was suspended in a 5 ml organ trough by using a cotton thread fastened with cartilage bands passing through the upper and lower ends. Place the strips in a 3 M indomethacin (I n d o me t h a c i n) (-80- (77) (77) 200533351

Sigma 1 7 3 7 8 ) ,1 0 M Guanethidine ( Sigma G 8 5 2 0 )和 10 // M 胺醯心安(Atenolol ) ( S i g m a A 7 6 5 5 )的修飾Sigma 1 7 3 7 8), 10 M Guanethidine (Sigma G 8 5 2 0) and 10 // M Atenolol (S i g m a A 7 6 5 5)

Krebs Ringer緩衝液(Sigma K05 07 ),於經在 37°C 下加熱 且用95% 02/ 5% C02加氣下平衡,解壓20分鐘後施加1 克的起始張力。再使製備物平衡3 0 - 40分鐘,其間於15-分鐘間隔將彼等再拉張(至1克)兩次。張力變化係通過 經耦接到數據收集系統(於Pfizer訂製者)之標準等長標 導器(isometric transducer )予以記錄且鑑別。於張力平 衡之後,使用下列參數對組織施以電場刺激(EFS ):每 2分鐘10秒串,〇.1 ms脈寬,10Hz及剛好最大的電壓(25 伏)(於整個實驗過程中連續地)。對於在氣管中的神經 節後的膽素激導性神經施加之EF S導致平滑肌之單相收縮 且記錄到牽搦高度(twitch height )。於整個實驗中都利 用嬬動泵浦系統(泵浦流速7.5毫升/分)對器官槽持續 地注入上述Krebs Ringer緩衝液,不過在添加本發明石2激 動劑時,在累積投藥到該槽的時間內則停止該泵浦,並在 記錄到最大反應後再度起始進行洗淸期。 力價與效益評估用之實驗程序 對於EFS的平衡之後,停止蠕動泵浦,且用單劑的 300 nM 異丙腎上腺素(isopren aline) ( Sigma 15627) vv 初給〃 (prime )該等製備物以建立就收縮性EFS反應的抑 制作用而計之最大回應。然後於40分鐘期間洗除異丙腎上 腺素。於初給和洗除回復之後,使用對該槽使用半log濃 - 81 - (78) (78)200533351 縮增量進行的累積大丸劑添加而對所有組織進行針對異丙 腎上腺素的標準曲線(異丙腎上腺素曲線1 )。所用濃縮 範圍爲Γ_ 9至le/ 3e - 6M。於異丙腎上腺素曲線結束之時 ,再度洗淸製備物4 0分鐘,才開始第二曲線,可針對異丙 腎上腺素(作爲內部對照)或對本發明0 2激動劑,將對 β 2激動劑的回應表爲EF S回應抑制的百分比。經由將抑 制表爲曲線1中異丙腎上線素所誘導的最大抑制之百分比 將/3 2激動劑的數據歸一化。本發明沒2激動劑的ε C 5 〇値指 的是產生一半的最大效應所需的化合物濃度。然後將本發 明/3 2激動劑的數據表爲以比例(eC50万2激動劑)/ ( EC 5 〇異丙腎上腺素)表爲對異丙腎上腺素的相對力價。 yS 2媒介功能活性之確定 試驗化合物的/3 2激動劑活性係使用上述程序予以確 定,不過,在構成本發明/3 2激動劑曲線之前,用3 0 0 ιιΜ 的ICI 1 1 8 5 5 1 (--種選擇性々2拮抗劑)將製備物預浸( 最少4 5分鐘),導致在yS 2媒介效應的情況中,使試驗化 合物的劑量回應曲線向右偏移。 根據另一替代方式,也可以經由測量產生對/3 2受體 的半最大效應所需本發明化合物濃度(EC5G )來測定式( 1 )化合物對/3 2受體的激動劑力價。 化合物製備 將化合物的1 0 m Μ 1 0 0 % D M S 0 (二甲亞砸)儲液稀 -82- (79) 200533351 釋到所需的在4% DMSO內之最高劑量。使用此最高劑量 來構成10—點半一 log稀釋曲線,全部都是在4% DMSO中 。於每一實驗及每一板上的對照孔槽中都使用異丙腎上腺 素(Sigma,I — 5 62 7 )作爲標準品。將數據表爲異丙腎上 腺素回應%。 細胞培養Krebs Ringer buffer (Sigma K05 07), equilibrated under heating at 37 ° C and aerated with 95% 02/5% C02. After decompression for 20 minutes, an initial tension of 1 g was applied. The preparations were allowed to equilibrate for another 30-40 minutes, during which they were stretched (to 1 g) twice more at 15-minute intervals. Changes in tension are recorded and identified through a standard isometric transducer coupled to a data collection system (customer of Pfizer). After tension equilibrium, the tissue was subjected to electric field stimulation (EFS) using the following parameters: a 10-second string every 2 minutes, a pulse width of 0.1 ms, 10 Hz, and just the maximum voltage (25 volts) (continuously throughout the experiment) ). EFS applied to bile-induced nerves after ganglia in the trachea resulted in single-phase contraction of smooth muscle and recorded twitch height. In the whole experiment, the above-mentioned Krebs Ringer buffer was continuously injected into the organ trough by using a pumping system (pump flow rate of 7.5 ml / min). However, when the stone 2 agonist of the present invention was added, The pump was stopped for a period of time, and the washout period was started again after the maximum response was recorded. After the balance between EFS and the experimental procedure for the evaluation of power and benefits, the peristaltic pump was stopped and a single dose of 300 nM isopren aline (Sigma 15627) vv was used to prime these preparations. To establish the maximum response in terms of inhibition of contractile EFS response. Isoproterenol was then washed out over a period of 40 minutes. After initial administration and washout recovery, a standard curve for isoproterenol was performed on all tissues using cumulative bolus addition of the tank using a semi-log concentration-81-(78) (78) 200533351 ( Isoprenaline curve 1). The concentration range used is Γ_ 9 to le / 3e-6M. At the end of the isoproterenol curve, the preparation was washed again for 40 minutes before the second curve was started. This can be for isoproterenol (as an internal control) or for the 02 agonist of the invention, and for the β 2 agonist. The response table is the percentage of EF S response suppression. Data for the / 32 agonist are normalized by expressing the inhibition as the percentage of maximal inhibition induced by isoprenaline in curve 1. The ε C 5 0 5 of this invention without 2 agonists refers to the concentration of the compound required to produce half the maximum effect. Then the data table of the present invention's / 3 2 agonists is expressed as the relative potency to isoproterenol in the ratio (eC 502 2 agonist) / (EC 50 isoproterenol). Determination of yS 2 Mediator Functional Activity The test compound's / 3 2 agonist activity was determined using the procedure described above, but before constituting the / 3 2 agonist curve of the present invention, ICI 1 3 8 5 5 1 (--A selective 々2 antagonist) pre-soaked the preparation (minimum 45 minutes), which caused the dose response curve of the test compound to be shifted to the right in the case of yS 2 mediator effect. According to another alternative, the agonist potency of the compound of formula (1) on the / 32 receptor can also be determined by measuring the concentration of the compound of the invention (EC5G) required to produce a half-maximum effect on the / 32 receptor. Compound Preparation Dilute the compound's 10 μM 100% D M S 0 (dimethylformamide) stock solution -82- (79) 200533351 to the highest required dose in 4% DMSO. Use this highest dose to construct a 10-point half-one log dilution curve, all in 4% DMSO. Isoproterenol (Sigma, 1-562 7) was used as a standard in each experiment and control well slot on each plate. Data are reported as% isoproterenol response. Cell culture

可重組地表現人類Θ 2腺上腺素受體的CH0 (田鼠卵 巢)細胞(得自 Kobilka et al·,PNAS 84: 46-5 0,1 9 8 7 與 Bouvier et al.? Mol Pharmacol 33 : 1 3 3 - 1 3 9 1 9 8 8 CHOh/3 2 )係在補充 10% 胎牛血淸(Sigma,F4135,Lot 90K8 4 04 Exp 09/04 ) ,2 mM 葡萄糖胺(Sigma,G7513) ,500 微 克 / 毫升的 geneticin G418 硫酸鹽(Sigma,G7034 )和 10 微克/毫升的嘌呤黴素(Puromycin) ( Sigma,P8833) 之 Dulbeccos MEM/NUT MIX F12 ( Gibco,21331 — 02 0 ) 中生長。細胞係經接種培養到約9〇 %匯合率以供試驗所用 檢定方法 將25微升/洞的每一劑量之化合物轉移劑6八?4?-Flashplate ® ( NEN,SMP004B )之內,以 1 0 % DMS0 作 爲底部對照樣及以1 〇〇 ΠΜ異丙腎上腺素作爲最大値對照樣 。經由添加25微升/洞的PBS將此稀釋1 : 2。將細胞用胰 蛋白酶處理(0.25% ,Sigma,T4049) ’用(Gibco, -83- (80) (80)200533351 1 4 040 - 1 74 )洗淸,且再懸浮於刺激緩衝液(NEN, SMP004B )中得1 X 1 06細胞/毫升CHOh冷2。以50微升/ 洞細胞溫浸化合物一小時。然後經由添加1 00微升/洞的 偵檢緩衝液(NEN,SMP004B )(內部0.18 // Ci /毫升的 1251 — cAMP ( NEN,NEX — 1 30 ))以溶裂細胞且將諸板 置於室溫下再溫浸2小時。使用Topcount NXT ( Packard ) 以正常計數效率1分鐘定量測定結合到Flashplate ®的125I 一 c AMP之量。將劑量—回應數據表爲%異丙腎上腺素活 性且使用4參數s形配合(4 parameter sigmoidalfit)予以 配合。 如此發現本發明式(1 )化合物(實施例1至1 2 )顯示 出低於5 η Μ的冷2 c A Μ P E C 5 0。CH0 (vole ovary) cells that recombinably express human Θ 2 adrenergic receptors (available from Kobilka et al., PNAS 84: 46-5 0, 19 8 7 and Bouvier et al.? Mol Pharmacol 33: 1 3 3-1 3 9 1 9 8 8 CHOh / 3 2) is supplemented with 10% fetal bovine blood pupa (Sigma, F4135, Lot 90K8 4 04 Exp 09/04), 2 mM glucosamine (Sigma, G7513), 500 micrograms / ml of geneticin G418 sulfate (Sigma, G7034) and 10 micrograms / ml of Puromycin (Sigma, P8833) were grown in Dulbeccos MEM / NUT MIX F12 (Gibco, 21331-020). The cell line was inoculated and cultured to about 90% confluence for the test method used in the test. The compound transfer agent of each dose of 25 microliters / hole 6? 4? -Flashplate ® (NEN, SMP004B), within 1 0% DMS0 was used as the bottom control and 100 μM isoproterenol was used as the largest 値 control sample. Dilute this 1: 2 by adding 25 μl / well of PBS. Cells were trypsinized (0.25%, Sigma, T4049), washed with (Gibco, -83- (80) (80) 200533351 1 4 040-1 74), and resuspended in stimulation buffer (NEN, SMP004B ) To obtain 1 X 106 cells / ml CHOh cold 2. Warmly immerse the compound at 50 μl / well for one hour. Then add 100 μl / well of detection buffer (NEN, SMP004B) (internal 0.18 // Ci / ml of 1251 — cAMP (NEN, NEX — 1 30)) to lyse the cells and place the plates in Let warm for 2 hours at room temperature. Topcount NXT (Packard) was used to quantitatively determine the amount of 125I-c AMP bound to Flashplate® with a normal counting efficiency of 1 minute. The dose-response data sheet was% isoproterenol activity and was matched using a 4-parameter sigmoidalfit. It was thus found that the compounds of the formula (1) (Examples 1 to 12) of the present invention showed a cold 2 c A M P E C 50 below 5 n M.

-84--84-

Claims (1)

200533351 (1) 申請專利範圍200533351 (1) Scope of patent application R1 R2 種式(1 )化合物 OHR1 R2 compounds of formula (1) OH (CH2)n vQ1 Ο) 其中該(CH2 ) n — C ( = Ο ) Q1基係在間位或對位 —R1和R2係獨立地選自Η和C】—C4烷基, —η爲0、1或2且(CH2) n vQ1 〇) where the (CH2) n — C (= Ο) Q1 group is in the meta or para position—R1 and R2 are independently selected from Η and C] —C4 alkyl, —η is 0 , 1 or 2 and R12 ★——Ν Ν——R12 * —Ν Ν——R12 •Ν Ν ★—Ν 或*NR8 — Q3,其中 —ρ爲1或2且q爲1或2 —Q2爲一單鍵或視情況有OH取代基的C! 一 C4伸烷基 —R8爲1^或C! — C4烷基且, 9n 1 〇 Q3爲視情況含NRyR OR9或苯氧基取代基之G — C6院 基 —A係選自: -85- (2) 200533351 。c3— CIQ環烷基,該環烷基視情況以1或2、3或4個, 碳原子橋聯,且視情況含一羥基取代基; 。一 5至6員雜環基,視情況爲芳族者,含有1或2個選自 Ο、N或S中的雜原子,視情況含一或2個選自C ! 一 C4烷基 、苄基和環丙基甲基之取代基或R12 ★ ——Ν Ν——R12 * —Ν Ν——R12 • Ν Ν ★ —Ν or * NR8 — Q3, where —ρ is 1 or 2 and q is 1 or 2 —Q2 is a single key or as the case may be C! -C4 alkylene group with OH substituent—R8 is 1 ^ or C! —C4 alkyl group, and 9n 1 〇Q3 is G—C6 courtyard group containing NRyR OR9 or phenoxy substituent as appropriate. Selected from: -85- (2) 200533351. c3—CIQ cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl is optionally bridged with 1 or 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms, and optionally contains a hydroxy substituent; A 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic group, optionally aromatic, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S, and optionally 1 or 2 selected from C! -C4 alkyl, benzyl And cyclopropylmethyl substituents or 喹啉基或異 喹啉基 —R3、R4、R5、尺6和r7爲相同或相異者且係選自H、C! 一 C4 烷基、OR9、SR9、SOR9、S02R9、鹵基、CN、CF3、 〇CF3、so2nr9r10、COOR9、CONR9R10、NR9R10、 NHCOR1G和視情況有OH取代基之苯基; —R9和R1()係相同或相異者且係選自Η或c】一C4烷基之中者 —R1]係選自Η或OH,且 —R12和R 13爲相同或相異者且爲選自Η ;視情況含0R9取代 基之 Ci 一 C4烷基;C(=〇) nH2; C(=0) CH3、 n ( ch3 ) c ( = CH3 ; c ( = 〇 ) 〇R9 ;視情況含鹵素 取代基之苯基;視情況含CN取代基之吡啶基;及視情況 含C 1 一 C 4院基之π琴二D坐基;且 - *表對羰基的接點; 或,若恰當時,彼等的藥學上可接受之鹽類及/或異構物 、互變異構物、溶劑合物或同位素變異體。 -86- (3) 200533351 2 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中Q2爲一單 鍵。 3 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中A係選自 嗎啉基、吡咯烷基、哌啶基、哌哄基或吡唑基,該等基視 情況含一甲基取代基。 4 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中A係選自 視情況含一或二個C ! - C4烷基取代基的吡唑基者。Quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl—R3, R4, R5, 6 and r7 are the same or different and are selected from H, C! -C4 alkyl, OR9, SR9, SOR9, S02R9, halo, CN , CF3, 〇CF3, so2nr9r10, COOR9, CONR9R10, NR9R10, NHCOR1G and optionally phenyl with OH substituents;-R9 and R1 () are the same or different and are selected from Η or c] -C4 alkyl Among them, -R1] is selected from Η or OH, and -R12 and R13 are the same or different and selected from 视; as the case may be Ci-C4 alkyl group containing OR9 substituent; C (= 〇) nH2 ; C (= 0) CH3, n (ch3) c (= CH3; c (= 〇) 〇R9; phenyl with halogen substituents as appropriate; pyridyl with CN substituents as appropriate; and C with optionally 1-C 4 radix π-phenyl di-D-group; and-* indicates a carbonyl contact; or, if appropriate, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and / or isomers, tautomers Substances, solvates or isotopic variants. -86- (3) 200533351 2 · The compound according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, where Q2 is a single bond. 3 · The compound according to item 1 of scope of patent application, where A Morpholinyl Pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperidinyl, or pyrazolyl, these groups optionally contain a monomethyl substituent. 4 · The compound according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of one or Pyrazolyl with two C! -C4 alkyl substituents. 5 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中Q 1爲 *NR8 — Q3 〇 6 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中 (CH2 ) n — C (二〇)—{^基係在間位或對位, 一 R1和R2獨立地選自Η和(:】一0:4烷基; —η爲0、1或2 一 Q 1爲選自下列的基5 · Compound according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, where Q 1 is * NR8 — Q3 〇6 · Compound according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein (CH2) n — C (二 〇) — {^ Meta or para, one of R1 and R2 is independently selected from Η and (:)-0: 4 alkyl; -η is 0, 1 or 2-Q1 is a group selected from 與*— NR8〜q2一 a,其中ρ爲1或2,(^爲匕一0:4伸烷 基,R8爲Η或C】一 c4烷基且A爲吡啶基;C3 — C1G環烷基, 該環烷基視需要以1,2,3或4個碳原子橋聯,四氫哌喃基 、哌啶基、四氫硫代哌喃基或下列基 -87- (4) 200533351And * — NR8 ~ q2—a, where ρ is 1 or 2, (^ is d—0: 4 alkylene, R8 is Η or C] —c4 alkyl and A is pyridyl; C3 — C1G cycloalkyl The cycloalkyl group is optionally bridged with 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms, tetrahydropiperanyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrothiopiperanyl, or the following group -87- (4) 200533351 R5R5 —R3、R4、R5、R6和R7爲相同或相異者且 者:H、C]— C4烷基、OR9、SR9、SOR9、 CN、CF3、〇CF3、S02NR9R10、CONR9 NHCORI()和視情況〇H取代基之苯基; —R9和R1G爲相同或相異者且爲選自Η或C 對羰基的接點, 或,恰當時,彼等的藥學上可接受之鹽類 互變異構物、溶劑合物或同位素變異物。 7 .根據申請專利範圍第6項之化合物 * 一 — Q2 — A基,其中Λ爲環己基或金剛 8 ·根據申請專利範圍第6項之化合物 Q2— Α基,其中Α爲下式基 係選自下列之中 S02R9、鹵基、 R10、NR9R10、 1 — C4烷基且*表 及/或異構物、 ,其中Q1爲 烷基。 ,其中Q1爲—R3, R4, R5, R6, and R7 are the same or different and are: H, C] —C4 alkyl, OR9, SR9, SOR9, CN, CF3, 〇CF3, S02NR9R10, CONR9 NHCORI (), and as appropriate Phenyl group of OH substituent;-R9 and R1G are the same or different and are selected from the hydrazone or C to carbonyl junction, or, where appropriate, their pharmaceutically acceptable tautomers of salts , Solvates, or isotopic variations. 7. Compound according to item 6 of the scope of patent application *-Q2-A group, in which Λ is cyclohexyl or diamond. 8 · Compound Q2-group A according to scope of patent application, in which A is selected from the following formulae From the following S02R9, halo, R10, NR9R10, 1-C4 alkyl and * table and / or isomers, wherein Q1 is alkyl. Where Q1 is 其中R3、R4、R5、R6和R7係相同或相轉 - C4 院基、OR9、SR9、SOR9、S〇2R' ’ OCF3 、 SO2NR9R]0 、 COOR9 、 C〇n^5 N H C 0 R ] G和苯基,但其限制條件爲R 3 且爲選自Η、C 基、CN、CF3、 〗〇、NR9R10、 中至少有2者等 -88- (5) (5)200533351 其中R9和R1C)爲相同或相異者且爲選自Η或C】—C4烷基者。 9.根據申請專利範圍第6項之化合物,其中Q2爲 —C Η 2 —、— ( C Η 2 ) 2 -、一 ( C Η 2 ) 3—、或—(CH3) 2 - ΟWherein R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7 are the same or phase-converted-C4 courtyard, OR9, SR9, SOR9, S〇2R '' OCF3, SO2NR9R] 0, COOR9, C〇n ^ 5 NHC 0 R] G and Phenyl, but its limiting condition is R 3 and is at least two selected from the group consisting of hydrazone, C group, CN, CF3, 〇〇, NR9R10, etc. -88- (5) (5) 200533351 where R9 and R1C) are Those who are the same or different and are selected from Η or C] -C4 alkyl. 9. The compound according to item 6 of the scope of patent application, wherein Q2 is -C Η 2-,-(C Η 2) 2-,-(C Η 2) 3-, or-(CH3) 2-〇 其中R3 ' R4、R5和R6皆爲Η。 η .根據申請專利範圍第1至1 〇項中任一項之化合物 ,其中Ri爲CH3且R2爲CH3.。 1 2 .根據申請專利範圍第1至1 0項中任一項之化合物 ,其中η爲0或1。 1 3 . —種申請專利範圍第1至1 0項中任一項之化合物 之(R,R) —立體異構物。 1 4.根據申請專利範圍第1至1 0項中任一項之化合物 ,其中該(CH2) n— C(=〇) Q1基係在間位處。 1 5 .根據申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其係選自下 列所構的群組之中者: N—卡基—2 — {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基—2 — 〔5-經 基一 6— (羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙基丨胺基)—2 — 甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; N —環丙基一 2— {3 - 〔2- ( {2基—2—〔5 — 羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶—2 -基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 -89- (6) (6)200533351 一甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; 2 - {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— 〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶—2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N— 〔 (1R,2S) — 2—(羥基甲基)環己基〕 乙醯胺; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— 〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N—(3 -嗎啉一 4 —基丙基)乙醯胺; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— 〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N — ( D比Π定一2 —基甲基)乙酿胺 ; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基一 2 - 〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)毗啶—2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N—(2 -嗎啉一 4 —基乙基)乙醯胺; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— 〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基一 N-異丙基乙醯胺; N — (4 一氯千基)—2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基—2 一 〔5 _羥基—6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基丨胺 基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; N — 〔2—(二甲胺基)乙基〕—2— {3 — 〔2— ( { 2—羥基一 2 - 〔5 —羥基一 6- (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基 〕乙基}胺基)—2 —甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; N— 〔2—( 一 乙胺基)乙基〕—2— {3— 〔2— ( { -90- (7) (7)200533351 2 -羥基—2 — 〔 5 —羥基一 6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 -基 〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; N— 〔3 — (二甲胺基)丙基〕一 2— {3— 〔2— ( { 2 —經基一 2— 〔5 —經基一 6—(經基甲基)ΡϋΠ定一2 —基 〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2 — {3 — 〔2 —( 丨2 —經基 一 2 — 〔5 — 經基—6 —( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} 一 Ν —戊基乙醯胺; 2— { 3 -〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—〔5 —羥基一 6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基)一Ν — ( 2 —吡咯啶一 1 —基乙基)一乙醯胺; Ν— (2,4 —二氯节基)—2— { 3 — [ 2 — ( {2 —趨 基一2— 〔5 —羥基一 6— (羥基甲基)吼啶一 2—基〕乙基 }胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; Ν— (3,4 —二氯苄基)一 2— {3—〔2— ( {2—羥 基一2— 〔5—羥基一6— (羥基甲基)〇比啶一 2—基〕乙基 }胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— { 3 —〔2— ( {2 —經基—2—〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N— (4 —氧基苄基)乙醯胺; N— (2 —經基乙基)—2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —趨基 一 2 - 〔 5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙基} 胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; 2 — { 3 — 〔2 — ( {2 — ^ 基 一 2 一 〔5 —經基 一 6 —( -91 - (8) (8)200533351 羥基甲基)吡啶—2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N-丙基乙醯胺; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基一 2—〔5 —經基一 6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶—2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} -N—(3—甲氧基丙基)乙醯胺; N-環 丁基一 2— {3—〔2-( {2 —羥基—2-〔5 — 羥基—6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 一甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2- {3—〔2- ( {2 -羥基—2—〔5 —羥基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N—〔 ( 1R ) 一 1一(1一萘基)乙基} 乙酿胺; N — 2,3 — 一 氨—1 Η — £卩一1 —基一2 — { 3 — 〔2 —( {2—經基一2— 〔5 —經基一 6— (經基甲基)〇比0定一2 — 基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基一 2— 〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 -基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — Ν— 〔2— (1 —甲基吡啶一 2—基)乙基〕乙醯 胺; Ν— (4 —氟苄基)—2— { 3- 〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2 一 〔5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙基}胺 基)—2—甲基丙基〕本基丨乙釀胺, 2— { 3 — 〔2— ( {2 —經基—2— 〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} —Ν-(4 一苯基丁基)乙醯胺; -92- (9) (9)200533351 2 - {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基—2—〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基丨胺基)—2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} -N—(3 —甲氧基苄基)乙醯胺; N — (3 —乙氧基丙基)—2 - {3 — 〔2— ( {2 —雜 基一 2— 〔5 —經基一 6—(經基甲基)D比Π定一 2—基〕乙基 }胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2 — {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基—2—〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N— (3,4,5—三甲氧基苄基)乙醯胺; 2— { 3 —〔2— ( {2-經基—2—〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N-(4 一(三氟甲基)苄基〕乙醯胺; 2 —丨3 — [ 2 — ( { 2 —羊至基一2 — 〔5 —經 一 6 —( 羥基甲基)吡啶一2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N— 〔2—(三氟甲基)苄基乙醯胺; N — (3,5 — 二甲氧基苄基)一2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 一羥基一 2— 〔5—羥基一6— (羥基甲基)〇比啶一 2 —基〕 乙基}胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2 — {3—〔2- ( {2 —經基—2—〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N-(2—苯氧基乙基)乙酿胺, 2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—〔5 —羥基—6 - ( 羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} 〔 (1S) — 2—羥基一 1—甲基乙基)乙醯胺 -93- (10) (10)200533351 2—丨3—〔2— ( {2 —經基—2—〔5 —經基一 6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} 一 N— 〔 (1S) — 1—(經基甲基)一2 —甲基丙基 〕乙醯胺; 2 — { 3 — [ 2 — ( { 2 —經基—2—〔5 —,呈基一 6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N— 〔 (1S,2S) — 1—(链基甲基)一2 —甲基 丁基〕乙醯胺; N〔 (1R) — 1—苄基一 2—羥基乙基)一2— {3—〔 2 - 2 -羥基一 2 — 〔 5 —羥基一6 -(羥基甲基)Dtt啶 —2—基〕乙基}胺基)—2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— { 3 —〔2— ( {2 —經基—2—〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)—2-甲基丙基〕 苯基} -N— 〔 (1R) — 1—(羥基甲基)丙基〕乙醯胺 2— {3—〔2— ( {2-經基—2—〔5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基丨一 N— 〔 (1S) — 1—(羥基甲基)一2,2 —二甲 基丙基〕乙醯胺; N- l (1S) — 2 -環己基一1—(羥基甲基)乙基〕 —2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2—〔5 —羥基—6—(羥 基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯 基丨乙醯胺; -94- (11) (11)Where R3 'R4, R5 and R6 are all Η. η. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 of the scope of patent application, wherein Ri is CH3 and R2 is CH3. 1 2. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 in the scope of patent application, wherein n is 0 or 1. 1 3. — (R, R) -stereoisomers of compounds of any one of claims 1 to 10 in the scope of patent application. 14. The compound according to any one of the items 1 to 10 of the scope of patent application, wherein the (CH2) n-C (= 〇) Q1 group is at the meta position. 1 5. The compound according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, which is selected from the group consisting of: N-Carkey-2 — {3— [2— ({2 — 经 基 —2 — [ 5-Cyclo-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridin-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; N-cyclopropyl-2-2- {3- [2- ({2-Methyl-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino)-2 -89- (6) (6) 200533351 monomethylpropane Phenyl] acetomethylamine; 2-{3— [2— ({2-hydroxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) — 2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N— [(1R, 2S) — 2- (hydroxymethyl) cyclohexyl] acetamide; 2— {3— [2— ({2 —hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N— (3-morpholine-4-ylpropyl) Acetylamine; 2- {3— [2— ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl Ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — N — (D ratio of 2-methyl-2-ethylmethyl) ethylamine; 2 — {3— [2— ({2 —hydroxyl 2-[5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridin-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl}-N- (2-morpholine 4-yl Ethyl) acetamide; 2- {3— [2— ({2-hydroxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2— Methylpropyl] phenyl-N-isopropylacetamidamine; N — (4-chlorochloroyl) — 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —Ceryl — 2 — [5 —Hydroxy-6] — (Hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; N — [2- (dimethylamino) ethyl] -2— {3 — [2— ({2—Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2—methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 B Hydrazine; N— [2- (monoethylamino) ethyl] —2— {3— [2— ({-90- (7) (7) 200533351 2 -hydroxy-2 — — 5-hydroxy 6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 acetamidine; N- [3- (dimethylamino) propyl] -2 — {3— 〔2— ({2 —Cycloyl-2— [5 —Cyclo-6— (Cyclomethyl) PϋΠa—2—yl] ethyl} amino) —2-methylpropyl ] Phenyl} ethanamide; 2 — {3 — [2 — (丨 2 —Cyclo-2 — [5 —Cyclo-6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} -N -pentylacetamide; 2- {3-[2— ({2 -hydroxy-2-[5 -hydroxyl 6-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl) -N- (2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl) monoacetamide; Ν- (2,4-dichloro Benzyl) — 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —taucyl 2 — [5 —hydroxyl 6 — (hydroxymethyl) amidinyl 2 —yl] ethyl} amino) — 2 —methyl Propyl] phenyl} ethanamide; Ν— (3,4-dichlorobenzyl) —2— {3— [2— ({2—hydroxyl—2— 5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) 0-pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamide; 2- {3 — [2— ({ 2-Ethyl-2--2- [5-Ethyl-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — N- (4-oxy Benzyl) acetamidine; N— (2-—Ethylethyl) —2— {3— [2— ({2 —Cytoxy-2— [5 —Hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine— 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl acetomethylamine; 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 — ^ yl — 2 — [5 —yl — 6 — (-91-(8) (8) 200533351 hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N-propylacetamidamine; 2— { 3— [2— ({2-Cyclo-2— [5-Cyclo-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} -N— (3-methoxypropyl) acetamide; N-cyclobutyl—2— {3— [2- ({2 —Hydroxy-2-2- [5 —Hydroxy-6 — (Hydroxy Methyl) pyridin-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2 2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; 2- {3— [2- ({2 -hydroxy-2— [5 — Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — N — [(1R) -1 1- (1-naphthyl) ethyl } Ethylamine; N — 2, 3 — Monoammonium — 1 Η — £ 卩 1 — 1 — 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2—Branyl — 2 — [5 —Branyl — 6 — ( (Methyl group) 0 to 0 to give 2- 2-]] ethyl} amino)-2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamide; 2- {3— [2— ({2- — 2— [5—Ethyl-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) —2—methylpropyl] phenyl} — Ν— [2— (1-methylpyridine -2-yl) ethyl] acetamidamine; Ν— (4-fluorobenzyl) —2— {3- 〔2— ({2-hydroxy-2 2- [5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) Pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] benzylamine, 2— {3 — [2— ({2 —Cyclo-2 — [5 —Cydro 6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N- (4-phenylbutyl) acetamidamine; -92- (9 ) (9) 200533351 2-{3— [2— ({2 —Cyclo-2— [5 —Cyclo-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) —2 — Methylpropyl] phenyl} -N- (3-methoxybenzyl) acetamidamine; N-(3-ethoxypropyl) -2-{3 — [2— ({2 —heteroyl -2-[5-via 6-(transmethyl) D ratio π-2 -yl] ethyl} amino)-2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidine; 2 — { 3- [2— ({2-Cycloyl-2— [5-Cyclo-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — N— (3,4,5-trimethoxybenzyl) acetamidamine; 2— {3 — [2— ({2-Cyclo-2— [5 —Cyclo-6— (hydroxymethyl) Pyridin-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2 methylpropyl] phenyl} —N- (4-mono (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] acetamidamine; 2 — 丨 3 — [2 — ({2 — sheep to A 2- 2- [5- via 6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino)-2-methylpropyl] phenyl} -N- [2- (trifluoromethyl ) Benzylacetamide; N — (3,5 —dimethoxybenzyl) — 2 — {3— [2— ({2 monohydroxy — 2 — [5-hydroxy — 6 — (hydroxymethyl) 0-pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; 2 — {3— [2- ({2 —Ceryl — 2 — [5 —Ceryl -6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — N- (2-phenoxyethyl) ethylamine, 2- {3— [2— ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino)-2-methylpropyl] phenyl}} (1S) — 2-hydroxy-1-methylethyl) acetamide-93- (10) (10) 200533351 2— 丨 3— [2— ({2 —Crystalline—2— [5 —Crystalline -6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} -N — [(1S) —1-— A 2-methylpropyl] acetamidamine; 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —Cycloyl — 2 — [5 —, 6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine — 2-yl] ethyl } Amino} -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N— [(1S, 2S) — 1— (chain methyl) -2-methylbutyl] acetamidamine; N [(1R ) — 1-benzyl-2-hydroxyethyl) -2— {3-— 2- 2-hydroxy-2 — [5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) Dttidine-2-yl] ethyl} Amine) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} ethanamide; 2- {3 — [2— ({2 —Ethyl — 2 — [5 —Ethyl — 6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine — 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} -N- [(1R) — 1- (hydroxymethyl) propyl] acetamido 2— {3— [2— ({2-Cycloyl-2- [5-Cyclo-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 N- [( 1S) — 1- (hydroxymethyl) -2,2-dimethylpropyl] acetamide; N-1 (1S) — 2-cyclohexyl-1— (hydroxymethyl) ethyl] —2— {3— [2 -— ({2-Hydroxy-2— [5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) —2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 acetamidine; -94- (11) (11) 200533351 N— 〔 (1S,2R) — 2 —羥基—2,3- —1—基〕一 2— {3 - [ 2 — ( {2 —經基- 一 6— (羥基甲基)〇比啶一 2—基〕乙基} 基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— [ f 羥基甲基)吡啶一2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 苯基} -N— (2-丙氧基乙基)乙醯胺; N - ( 4 —羥基環己基)一 2 — { 3 — I 基一2 — 〔 5 —羥基一 6 —(羥基甲基)D比陡 }胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2- {3—〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2-〔5 羥基甲基)吼啶—2 -基〕乙基}胺基)一 苯基} -N—(3-丙氧基丙基)乙醯胺; N —乙基—N— (2 —羥基乙基)一2-{2—羥基一 2—〔5 —羥基—6— (羥基甲 基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基} 1 — ( { 3 —〔2 — ( {2 — _至基—2 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基) 〕苯基丨哌啶—4 一羧醯胺; 6 — { 2 —〔 ( 2 — { 3 —〔2 — (4 —乙 基)一 2-酮基乙基〕苯基} — 1,1—二E 〕一1 一羥基乙基丨一 2 — (羥基甲基)吡15 6 — { 2 — 〔 ( 2 — { 3 — ( 2 — (3,4- 一 2(]H) —基)一 2 —嗣基乙基〕苯基} —•氮—1 Η —亩j5 -2 — 〔 5 —趙基 胺基)一 2 -甲 一羥基一 6 -( 2—甲基丙基〕 〔2 — ( { 2 —羥 :一 2—基〕乙基 ;一羥基—6 -( 2—甲基丙基〕 -{ 3 -〔 2 —( 基)吼啶一2 — 乙醯胺; 〔5 —羥基一 6 — —2 —甲基丙基 醯基哌畊一 1 — 戸基乙基)胺基 έ — 3 -醇; -二羥基異D奎啉 —1, 1 —二甲 -95- (12) (12)200533351 基乙基)胺基〕一 1 —羥基乙基丨—2 — (羥基甲基)吡啶 —3 —醇; N —苄基—2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— 〔5 -羥 基一 6 — (羥基甲基)Dtt啶一 2 —基〕乙基〕胺基)一 2 — 甲基丙基〕苯基丨一N —甲基乙醯胺; 6— {1—經基—2 — { 〔 ( 2 — {2— 〔4— (2 —經基 乙基)一哌哄—1—基〕—2 —酬基乙基}苯基)—1,1 — 二甲基乙基)胺基〕—2— (羥基甲基)吡啶一 3—酮; 6— { 2 — { 〔2— (3—〔2— (4— (4 —氯苯基)—4 —羥基哌啶一 1 —基)一 2 —酮基乙基〕苯基)—1,1 一二 甲基乙基)胺基〕一 1—趨基乙基)一2—(經基甲基)D比 啶一3 —醇; 6 — { 2 — { 〔1’ 1 — 一 甲基一2 — { 3 — 〔2 — (4 — 甲 基哌哄一 1—基)一 2 —酮基乙基〕苯基)乙基)胺基〕一 1 一羥基乙基〕一 2 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 —醇; 2 — {3 —〔2 — (丨2 - 經基 一 2 — 〔5 —經基—6 一 ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一2—基〕一乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基 〕苯基} —N —甲基一 N — (2—苯基乙基)乙醯胺; 6 — { 2 — 〔1,1 一 _^甲基一2 — { 3 — 〔2 —醒基—2 一 (4 —吡啶一 2 -基哌啶一 1 —基)乙基〕苯基)胺基〕一 1 一羥基乙基)—2 - (羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 —醇; N —〔3—(二甲胺基)—丙基〕—2— {3— ( {2 — 羥基一 2 - 〔 5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙 基}胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕苯基丨一 N—甲基乙醯胺; -96- (13) (13)200533351 N— (2 —羥基乙基)一2— {3— 〔2— ( {2—羥基 —2— 〔5 —羥基一6—(羥基甲基)吼啶一 2 —基〕乙基} 胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕苯基} -N-丙基丙醯胺; N— 〔2—(二乙胺基)乙基〕一2— {3— 〔2— ( { 2 —羥基一 2 — ( 5 —羥基一6 —(羥基甲基)哦啶一 2 -基 〕一乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基丨一 N—甲基乙 醯胺; 6 — { 2 — { (1,1 — 一 甲基一2 — { 3 — 〔2 — (4 —甲 基一 1,4 —二氮雜罩一 1 一基)一 2-酬基乙基〕苯基)胺 基〕一1 一經基乙基)一 2—(經基甲基)D比卩定一 3 —醇; 6 — 〔2 — ( { 1,1 — 一^甲基 _ 2 — 〔3 —(嗎淋一4 — 基一 2—酬基乙基〕苯基)乙基〕胺基)一 1 一經基乙基) —2 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一3 —醇; 6— 〔2— ( {1,1一二甲基一2— 〔3— (2 —嗎啉一4 —基一2 —酬基乙基〕苯基)乙基} 胺基)一1—邀基乙基 )—2 — (羥基甲基)吡啶—3 —醇; 2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基一 2— 〔5 —羥基—6—( 經基甲基)批^定一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕 苯基丨一N —甲基一N— 〔 (1S) — 1 —苯基乙基〕乙醯胺 6 — 〔2 — ( {1’ 1’ 一 __•甲基一2 — 〔3 — (2 —嗣基 —2— 1哌卩定一 1—基乙基)本基〕乙基丨胺基)一 1 一經基 乙基)一 2 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 —醇; 6 — ( 1 —經基 2 — { 〔2 — (3 — { 2 一 〔 ( 3 R ) — 3 一 -97- (14) (14)200533351 羥基吡咯—1 一基)—2—酮基乙基}苯基)一 1,1—二甲 基乙基)胺基}乙基)一 2 —(羥基甲基)D比啶一3 —醇; 6— (1—羥基—2— { 〔2— (3— {2— ( 3R ) — 3 — 羥基哌啶一 1 —基)—2 —酮基乙基}苯基)一 1,1 一二甲 基乙基〕胺基}乙基)一 2— (經基甲基)〇比〇定一3—醇; 6— { 2 — 〔 ( 2 — { 3 — 〔2— (4 —乙釀基—1,4 — 一 氮雜罩一1 一基)—2—嗣基乙基〕苯基} 一1,1— _«甲基 乙基)胺基〕一 1 一羥基乙基} 一 2 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 —醇; 6— (1—經基—2— { 〔2— (3— {2— (4—(經基 甲基)哌啶—1 一基)一 2 —酮基乙基}苯基)一 1,1 —二 甲基乙基〕胺基}乙基)一 2 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 3 -醇 9 N — 〔1( {3 -〔2— ( {2 —經基—2— (5 —經基— 6—(經基甲基)D比卩定一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一2 —甲基 丙基〕苯基}乙醯基)吼咯啶一 3 —基} — N—甲基乙醯 胺; 2 — {3— [ 2 — ( {2-經基—2— (5 —經基 一 6 - ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N—(2 —甲氧基乙基)—N-丙基乙醯胺; N —乙基—2 — { 3 — 〔2 — ( { 2 —經基—2 — (5 —經 基一 6— (羥基甲基)吼啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 — 甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯基)一N— (2-甲氧基乙基)乙 醯胺; •98- (15) (15)200533351 N— 〔 3(二甲胺基)一2,2 —二甲基丙基〕一 2— { 3 - 〔2— ( {2—羥基一2— (5 —羥基一 6—(羥基甲基) 吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯 胺; N— 〔3 —氟一5—(三氟甲基)苄基〕一2— {3—〔 2 — ({ 2 —羥基一 2 — ( 5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)卩比啶 一 2 —基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2— { 3 —〔2- ( {2 —經基一 2— (5 —經基一 6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基丨一N— 〔 (1S) —1—(羥基甲基)一3 -甲基丁基 〕乙醯胺; 2— {3 -〔2— ( {2 —經基一 2 -(5 -經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N—〔 (1S) — 2 —經基一 1 一苯基乙基〕乙醯胺 N,N — _乙基一2 — { 3 —〔2 — ( { 2 —經基—2 —( 5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 -基〕乙基丨胺基) 一 2 —甲基丙基〕苯基}乙酸胺; 2 — { 3 —〔2—(丨2-經基—2 -(5 —經基—6 - ( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 -基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 -甲基丙基〕 苯基丨一 N — 1 Η —吡唑一 5 —基乙醯胺; 2 - {3—〔2— ( {2 —經基一 2 -(5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕 苯基丨一 Ν — ( 5 —甲基一 1 Η —吡唑一 3 -基)乙醯胺; -99- (16) (16)200533351 N— (環己基甲基)一2— {3— 〔2—(丨2 —羥基一 2 — ( 5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吼啶一2 —基〕乙基}胺 基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺; 4— ( {3— [ 2- ( {2 —羥基—2— (5 —羥基—6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基 〕苯基}乙醯基)哌啡—1 一羧酸乙酯; N— (5—氯吡啶—2—基)—2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 — 羥基—2 - ( 5 -羥基—6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙 基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2 — {3— 〔2— ( {2 —經基—2— (5 —趨基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 -甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N -( 6 —甲基吡啶一 2 —基)乙醯胺; 2 — { 3 — 〔2 — ( { 2 —經基—2 — (5 —翔基—6 —( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基} — N— (3 —甲基吡啶一 2 —基)乙醯胺; 2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —經基—2— (5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶—2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕 苯基} —N-異D奎啉一 1 一基乙醯胺; N— (4,6 —二甲基 口比啶一2 —基)一2— {3— 〔2 — .({ 2 —羥基—2 — ( 5 —羥基—6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 一基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2-甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 2 — { 3 一 〔2 — ( { 2 —趨基—2 — (5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基丨一 N— (2—甲氧基苄基)乙醯胺; -100- (17) (17)200533351 N— 〔 (IS) — 1—苄基—2 —羥基乙基〕一2— {3 — 〔2 — ( { 2 —羥基一 2 - ( 5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吡 啶—2—基〕乙基}胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基丨乙醯胺 N — (1 —乙基一1 Η —吼口坐一5 —基)—2 — { 3 — 〔2 一 ({2—羥基一2— (5 —羥基一 6—(羥基甲基)吼啶— 2—基〕乙基}胺基)—2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; Ν— (1,3 —二甲基一1Η —吼唑一5 —基)一2— {3 一 〔2— ( {2 —羥基一 2— (5 —羥基一 6— (羥基甲基) 吡啶一 2-基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯 胺; Ν — ( 3 —氯卡基)—2— { 3 — 〔2— ( {2 —經基—2 一 (5 —羥基一 6— (羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕乙基丨胺 基)一 2-甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 1 一 ( {3—〔2 - ( {2-經基—2 -(5 - 經基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙基丨胺基)一 2—甲基丙基 〕苯基}乙醯胺)一 L 一脯胺醯胺; 6— { 2- 〔 (2— {3—〔2— (5 -胺基—3 —第三丁 基—1Η —吡唑—1 一基)一 2 —酮基乙基〕苯基} — 1,1 一二甲基乙基)胺基〕一1 一羥基乙基丨一 2— (羥基甲基 )吡啶一3 —醇; 2— {3— 〔2— ( {2 —羥基—2— (5 —經基—6—( 羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 -基〕乙基}胺基)一 2 —甲基丙基〕 苯基).一 Ν - 〔 ( 1 S ) - 1 一苯基乙基〕乙醯胺; -101 - (18) (18)200533351 N— (3,4 —二甲基苄基)一2— (3— {2— 〔2 —羥 基一 2 — ( 5 —羥基一 6 — (羥基甲基)吼啶一2 —基〕乙基 }胺基)一 2—甲基丙基丨苯基〕乙醯胺; N - 〔2— (4 —氯苯基)乙基〕一2— (3— {2—〔2 一羥基—2 —( 5 —羥基一6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基〕 乙基丨胺基)一 2—甲基丙基〕苯基}乙醯胺; 6— {2—〔 (2— {3— (2 —(1,4 —二氧雜—8 —氮 雜螺〔4.5〕癸—8 -基)一 2-酮基乙基〕苯基丨一 1,1 一二甲基乙基)胺基〕一 1—羥基乙基丨一2— (羥基甲基 )吡啶一 3 —醇;及 N— (2 —羥基苄基)—2— (3— {2 - 〔 (2R) - 2 —羥基一 2 -( 5 —羥基—6 —(羥基甲基)吼啶—2 —基〕 乙胺基〕丙基丨苯基)乙醯胺; N —苄基一 2— (3— { (2R) — 2— 〔2 —羥基一2 — (5 -羥基—6 -(羥基甲基)吡啶—2 -基〕乙胺基〕丙 基}苯基)乙醯胺; N— (3,4 —二甲基苄基)一2— (3— { (2R) — 2 一 〔2 —羥基一 2 — ( 5 —羥基一6 - (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 一基〕乙胺基〕丙基丨苯基)乙醯胺; N— (2,5 —二甲基苄基)一2 — (3— { ( 2R ) - 2 一 〔2 —羥基—2 — ( 5 —羥基一6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶一 2 —基〕—2— (3— { ( 2 R ) — 2—〔2 —經基一 2 -(5 —經 基一 6—(羥基甲基)吡啶一 2-基〕乙胺基〕丙基}苯基 )乙醯胺; -102- (19) (19)200533351 2 〜(3— { ( 2R) — 2—〔2 —羥基一 2— (5 —羥基— 6一 (羥基甲基)吡啶一 2_基〕乙胺基〕丙基}苯基)一 N— (2〜甲氧基苄基)乙醯胺; (2 —乙氧基节基)—2— (3— { ( 2 R ) — 2—〔 2 —羥基〜2 — ( 5 —羥基一 6 —(羥基甲基)吡啶—2 —基 〕乙胺基〕丙基}苯基)乙醯胺; N ^ (3, 4- 二氯苄基)—2— ( 3 - { ( 2R ) — 2 — 〔2 —羥基—2 一 (5 —羥基—6一 (羥基甲基)吡啶—2_ 基〕乙胺基〕丙基}苯基)乙醯胺,及 (2- 氯—6 —氟苄基)—2— (3— { (2R) - 2 〔么〜羥基一 2一 (5 一羥基—6一羥基甲基毗啶—2一基 〕乙胺基〕丙基}苯基)乙醯胺。 1 6 · 一種治療病、失調及症狀之藥學組成物,其包括 至夕有效量的申請專利範圍第1至1 0項中任一項之式(1 ) 化合物或自彼衍生的藥學上可接受之鹽。 1 7 ·根據申請專利範圍第1至1 0項中任一項之化合物 或自彼衍生的藥學上可接受之鹽或彼等之組成物,其係用 於作爲醫藥品。 1 8 · —種申請專利範圍第1至1 〇項中任一項之化合物 或自彼衍生的藥學上可接受之鹽或彼等之組成物於製造用 於治療選自下述之疾病、失調及症狀的藥物上之用途: •任何類型、病源、或發病原理之喘哮,特別是選自 異位性喘哮、非-異位性喘哮、過敏性喘哮、異位性支氣 管IgE —媒介喘哮、支氣管喘哮、自發性喘哮、真喘哮, -103- (20) 200533351 由病理學障礙引起的內固性喘 發性喘哮、非異位性喘哮、支 、運動誘發性喘哮、過敏原誘 哮、職業性喘哮,由細菌、真 起的傳染性喘哮、非過敏性喘 徵候群和細支氣管炎所構成的 •慢性或急性支氣管縮小 塞、和氣腫, •任何類型,病源、或發 疾病,特別是選自慢性嗜伊紅 (C Ο P D ),包括慢性支氣管立 無關聯的呼吸困難之COPD,; 堵塞的特徵之COPD、成人呼口」 其他藥物治療所致空氣道活動 關的氣道疾病所構成的群組中 疾病, •任何類型,疾源或發病 自急性支氣管炎、急性喉氣管 支氣管炎、浮膜支氣管炎、乾 氣管炎、產出性支氣管炎、葡 及肺胞性支氣管炎, •急性肺傷害, •任何類型,疾源、或發 是選自柱狀支氣管擴張、囊狀 哮、未知或不明顯肇因的自 氣管炎性喘哮、氣腫性喘哮 發性喘哮、冷空氣誘發性喘 菌、原蟲、或病毒傳染所引 哮、初發性喘哮、哮鳴嬰兒 詳組中之喘哮, 、慢性支氣管炎、小氣道堵 病原理之堵塞性或炎性氣道 性肺炎、慢性堵塞性肺炎疾 ^、肺氣腫或與COPD有闢或 I有不可逆性,進展性氣道 〔窘迫徵候群(ARDS ),因 過度之增重及與肺高血壓相 之一員的堵塞性或炎性氣道 原理三支氣管炎,特別是選 炎、花生性支氣管炎、黏膜 性支氣管炎、傳染性喘哮支 萄球菌或鏈球菌性支氣管炎 原理之支氣管擴張,特別 支氣管擴張、梭形支氣管擴 -104 - (21) 200533351 張、毛細管支氣管擴張、囊型支氣管擴張、乾性支氣管擴 張和濾泡性支氣管擴張所構成的群組中之一者的支氣管擴 張。 1 9 · 一種申請專利範圍第1至1 〇項中任一項之化合物 與選自下列之其他治療劑之組合物: (a ) 5 —脂肪氧合酶(5 — LO )抑制劑或5 —脂肪氧 合酶活化性蛋白質(FLAP )拮抗劑,200533351 N— [(1S, 2R) — 2 —Hydroxy-2,3- —1—yl] —2— {3-[2 — ({2 —Cycloyl-6— (hydroxymethyl)) -2-yl] ethyl} ylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; 2- {3 -— [2 -— ({2-hydroxy-2— [f hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} Amine) -phenyl} -N— (2-propoxyethyl) acetamidamine; N— (4-hydroxycyclohexyl) —2 — {3 —I group — 2 — [5 —hydroxyl 6 — (Hydroxymethyl) D ratio is steeper} Amine) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; 2- {3-—2- ({2-Hydroxy-2-2- [5-hydroxymethyl) Pyridin-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -phenyl} -N- (3-propoxypropyl) acetamidamine; N-ethyl-N- (2-hydroxyethyl) -2- { 2-hydroxy-1 2- [5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} 1 — ({3 — [2 — ({2 — _ to 2- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino)] phenyl 丨 piperidine-4 monocarboxamide; 6 — {2 — [(2 — {3 — [2 (4-Ethyl) -2-ketoethyl] phenyl} -1,1-diE] -1Hydroxyethyl 丨 2-2 ((hydroxymethyl) pyridine) 15 6 — {2 — [(2 — {3 — (2 — (3,4--2 (] H) —yl) —2 —fluorenylethyl] phenyl} — • nitro-1 1 Η —mu j5 -2 — [5 —Zhao Jiamine A) 2-methyl-hydroxy-6- (2-methylpropyl] [2- — {{2 -hydroxy: a 2-yl] ethyl; mono-hydroxy-6-(2-methylpropyl]- {3-〔2 — (Amino) pyrimidine—2—acetamidamine; [5 —Hydroxy-6—2—methylpropylamidinopiperidine 1 —Aminoethyl) amino — 3- Alcohol; -dihydroxyisoD-quinoline-1, 1 -dimethyl-95- (12) (12) 200533351 ylethyl) amino]-1 -hydroxyethyl 丨 -2-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 3-alcohol; N-benzyl-2— {3— [2— ({2-hydroxy-2— [5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) Dttidine-2—yl] ethyl] amino) -2 -methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 N-methylacetamide; 6- {1- meridian-2-{[(2 — {2— [4— (2 — (Ethylethyl) -piperyl-1-yl] -2-ylethyl-2-phenyl) -1,1-dimethylethyl) amino] -2— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3— Ketones; 6— {2 — {[2 -— (3-—2- (4 -— (4-chlorophenyl) —4-hydroxypiperidine—1-yl) —2—ketoethyl] phenyl) — 1,1 dimethylethyl) amino] -1 1-tether ethyl) -2- (transmethyl) D-pyridine-3 alcohol; 6 — {2 — {[1 '1 — 1 Methyl-2 — {3 — [2 — (4-methylpiperazine-1—yl) —2—ketoethyl] phenyl) ethyl) amino] —1—hydroxyethyl] —2— (Hydroxymethyl) pyridine 3-ol; 2 — {3 — [2 — (丨 2-mesityl 2 — [5 —membrane-6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine — 2-yl] monoethyl } Amino} -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N —methyl—N — (2-phenylethyl) acetamidamine; 6 — {2 — [1,1 —_ ^ methyla 2 — {3 — [2 —Axyl — 2 — (4-pyridine — 2-ylpiperidine — 1 —yl) ethyl] phenyl) amine] — 1 — hydroxy Group) —2— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—3-ol; N — [3- (dimethylamino) -propyl] —2— {3— ({2 — hydroxy—2-[5 —hydroxy— 6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 N-methylacetamide; -96- (13) (13) 200533351 N — (2 —Hydroxyethyl) — 2 — {3— [2— ({2—Hydroxy-2— [5 —Hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} -N-propylpropanamide; N— [2- (diethylamino) ethyl] —2— {3— [2— ({2 —hydroxyl-2 — (5 —hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) oxidine—2-yl] -ethyl} amino) —2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 N-methylacetamide; 6 — { 2 — {(1,1 —monomethyl-1 2 — {3 — [2 — (4-methyl-1,4-diazepine-1 1-yl) -2-phenylethyl] phenyl) Amine]-1 via ethyl group)-2-(transmethyl group) D ratio of a 3-alcohol; 6-[2-({1, 1, 1-^ methyl_ 2 — [3- — (Mulan-1, 4-Amino-2, 2-Ethyl)] phenyl) ethyl] amino) —1—Ethyl) —2— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—3—alcohol; 6— [2— ({1,1-dimethyl-2— [3 -— (2—morpholine—4-yl—2-ethyl] phenyl) ethyl] amino) —1—methylethyl ) 2 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridin — 3 — alcohol; 2 — {3— [2— ({2 —hydroxyl 2 — [5 —hydroxyl 6 — (methylol) approved ^ 2 -Yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 N-methyl-N- [(1S) — 1-phenylethyl] acetamido 6 — [2 — ({ 1 '1' monomethyl — 2 — [3 — (2 —fluorenyl — 2 — 1-piperidine — 1 —ethylethyl) benzyl] ethyl 丨 amino) — 1 )-2-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3-alcohol; 6-(1-via 2-{[2 — (3 — {2-[(3 R) — 3--97- (14) (14 ) 200533351 hydroxypyrrole-1 monoyl) -2-ketoethyl} phenyl) -1,1-dimethylethyl) amino} ethyl) -2 2- (hydroxymethyl ) D than pyridinyl 3-alcohol; 6 — (1-hydroxy-2 — {[2— (3 — {2 — (3R) — 3 — hydroxypiperidine-1 —yl) — 2 — ketoethyl} Phenyl) -1,1-Dimethylethyl] amino} ethyl) -2— (Aminomethyl) 0 to 0—A 3-alcohol; 6— {2 — [(2 — {3 — [2 -— (4-Ethyl-1,4-—Aza-A—1—A)) — 2-Aminoethyl] phenyl} —1,1 —_ «methylethyl) amino] — 1 monohydroxyethyl} 2- 2- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine 3-alcohol; 6- (1-meryl-2— {[2— (3— {2— (4-methyl Pyridine-1 monoyl) -1 2-ketoethyl} phenyl) -1,1-dimethylethyl] amino} ethyl) 2 2- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine 3 -alcohol 9 N — [1 ({3-[2— ({2 —Cyclo-2— (5—Cyclo-6— (Cyclomethyl) D is more than 2-diyl] ethyl} amino) —2— Methylpropyl] phenyl} ethylfluorenyl) pyrrolidine-3-yl} —N-methylacetamidinylamine; 2 — {3— [2 — ({2-meryl — 2 — (5 —meryl 6-(hydroxymethyl) Pyridinyl-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — N— (2-methoxyethyl) —N-propylacetamidamine; N —ethyl-2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —Cyclo-2 — (5 —Cyclo-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2—methylpropyl] Phenyl} ethenyl) -N— (2-methoxyethyl) ethenamide; • 98- (15) (15) 200533351 N— [3 (dimethylamino) -1,2-dimethyl Propyl] 2-{3-[2-({2-hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amine)-2-methyl Propyl] phenyl} ethanamine; N— [3-fluoro-5— (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] —2— {3— [2 — ({2 —hydroxyl 2 — (5 —hydroxyl 6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) —2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; 2- {3 — [2- ({2- — -2-(5-via a 6-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino)-2- methyl propyl] phenyl-a N-[(1 S) —1- (Hydroxymethyl) 3-methylbutyl] acetamide; 2- {3-[2— ({2 —Cyclo-2— (5—Cyclo-6— (Hydroxymethyl) Yl) pyridine mono-2-yl] ethyl} amino) 2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N — [(1S) — 2 —Cyclo-1 monophenylethyl] acetamido N, N — _Ethyl 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —Ethyl — 2 — (5 —Hydroxy-6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine 2 -yl] ethyl —amino) — 2 — Methylpropyl] phenyl} amine acetic acid; 2 — {3 — [2— (2-acyl-2- (5-acyl-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl)} Amine)-2 -methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 N— 1 1 —pyrazole-5 —ylacetamidamine; 2-{3— [2— ({2 —Ethyl 2-(5 — Ethyl-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl 丨 N— (5-methyl-1 1 Η-pyrazole-1 3- ) Ethylamine; -99- (16) (16) 200533351 N— (cyclohexylmethyl) —2— {3— [2— (丨 2 —hydroxyl 2 — (5 —hydroxyl 6 — ( Methyl) amidinyl-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl acetoamine; 4- ({3— [2- ({2-Hydroxy-2— ( 5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} ethenyl) piperidine-1 monocarboxylic acid ethyl ester; N- (5-chloropyridine-2-yl) -2— {3— [2— ({2 — hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl) amino} ) 2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamide; 2 — {3— [2— ({2 —Cyclo-2— (5 —Cyto-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2— Group] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} — N-(6-methylpyridine-2-yl) acetamidamine; 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 — —2 — (5 —Shenyl — 6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine — 2 —yl] ethyl} amino) — 2 —methylpropyl] phenyl} — N — (3 —methylpyridine — 2-yl) acetamidamine; 2- {3— [2— ({2-meridyl-2- (5-meridyl-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl} Group)-2-methylpropyl] phenyl} —N-isoD-quinoline-1 1-methylacetamide; N— (4,6-dimethyldimethylpyridine-2—yl) —2— { 3— [2 —. ({2 —Hydroxy-2 — (5 -Hydroxy-6 — (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2 2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} ethyl Hydrazine; 2 — {3 1 [2 — ({2 —taucyl — 2 — (5 —Cyclo-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2—yl] ethyl} amino) —2—methyl Propyl] phenyl 丨 N- (2-methoxybenzyl) acetamidamine; -100- (17) (17) 200533351 N — [(IS) — 1 —benzyl — 2 —hydroxyethyl] One 2- {3 — [2 — ({2-hydroxy-1 2-(5-hydroxy-1 6-(hydroxymethyl) pyridin-2-yl] ethyl} amino)-2-methylpropyl] benzene Ethylamine N — (1 —Ethyl — 1 Η — 5 —yl) — 2 — {3 — [2 1 ({2—hydroxyl 2 — (5 —hydroxyl 6 — (hydroxyl (Methyl) pyrimidin-2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; Ν— (1,3-dimethyl-1Η) Amidazol 5 -yl) 2-{3 1 [2-({2 -hydroxyl 2-(5 -hydroxyl 6-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine 2 -yl] ethyl) amino)-2 —Methylpropyl] phenyl} ethanamine; Ν — (3-chlorocarbyl) — 2 — {3 — [2 — ({2 —Ceryl — 2 — (5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) ) Pyridin-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidamine; 1- ({3-—2-({2-Cycloyl-2-(5- Via 6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} acetamidine) -L-proline amine; 6- {2- [(2- {3-—2- (5-amino-3—third-butyl-1—pyrazol-1-yl) —2—ketoethyl] phenyl} — 1, 1, 2-dimethyl Ethyl) amino]-1 -hydroxyethyl-1-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3 -ol; 2-{3-[2-({2 -hydroxy-2-(5- 6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine- 2-yl] ethyl} amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl). -N-[(1 S)-1 -phenylethyl ] Ethylamine; -101-(18) (18) 200533351 N— (3,4-dimethylbenzyl) —2— (3— {2— [2 —hydroxyl 2 — (5 —hydroxyl 6 — (Hydroxymethyl) pyrimidin-2-yl] ethyl} amino) —2-methylpropyl 丨 phenyl] acetamidamine; N— [2- (4-chlorophenyl) ethyl] — 2- (3— {2- [2-hydroxy-2— (5-hydroxy-6— (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl 丨 amino) -2-methylpropyl] phenyl} Acetylamine; 6- {2— [(2— {3— (2 — (1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro [4.5] dec-8-yl) -2-ketoethyl] Phenyl 丨 -1,1-dimethylethyl) amino] -1-hydroxyethyl 丨 2- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3-ol; and N- (2-hydroxybenzyl) -2 — (3— {2-[(2R)-2 —Hydroxy-2 — (5-Hydroxy-6 — (Hydroxymethyl) Hexidine-2 —yl] Ethylamino] propylphenylphenyl) acetamidine ; N-benzyl-2— (3 -— ((2R) —2— [2-hydroxy-2— (5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethyl Amine] propyl} phenyl) acetamidine; N— (3,4-dimethylbenzyl) —2— (3 -— ((2R) —2— [2-hydroxy—2— (5-hydroxy 6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2 2-yl] ethylamino] propyl 丨 phenyl) acetamidamine; N— (2,5-dimethylbenzyl) —2— (3— {(2R )-2-[2-Hydroxy-2 — (5 -Hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl) pyridine 2 -yl] -2-(3-{(2 R)-2-[2 -Ethyl radical 2 -(5-Ethyl-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethylamino] propyl} phenyl) acetamidamine; -102- (19) (19) 200533351 2 ~ (3— { (2R) — 2— [2-Hydroxy-2— (5-Hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine—2-yl] ethylamino] propyl} phenyl) —N— (2 ~ methoxy Benzyl) acetamidine; (2-ethoxybenzyl) -2— (3 -— ((2R) —2— [2-hydroxy ~ 2— (5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine) —2 —yl] ethylamino] propyl} phenyl) acetamidamine; N ^ (3, 4-dichlorobenzyl) — 2 — (3-{(2R) — 2 — [2 — Hydroxy-2 mono (5-hydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-2-yl] ethylamino] propyl} phenyl) acetamide, and (2-chloro-6-fluorobenzyl) -2— (3- {(2R)-2 [? ~~ hydroxy-2 (5-hydroxy-6-hydroxymethylpyridin-2-yl] ethylamino] propyl} phenyl) acetamidamine. 16 · A pharmaceutical composition for treating diseases, disorders, and symptoms, which comprises an effective amount of a compound of formula (1) in any one of claims 1 to 10 of the patent application scope or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative derived therefrom Of salt. 17 · The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 of the scope of patent application, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or their composition derived therefrom, which is used as a medicinal product. 18 · A compound of any one of claims 1 to 10 of the scope of patent application, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a composition derived therefrom, which is used to treat diseases and disorders selected from the following And symptoms of medicinal use: • Asthma of any type, etiology, or pathogenesis, especially selected from the group consisting of ectopic asthma, non-ectopic wheezing, allergic wheezing, and ectopic bronchial IgE — Vector wheezing, bronchial wheezing, spontaneous wheezing, true wheezing, -103- (20) 200533351 intrinsic wheezing, non-ectopic wheezing, branching, exercise induced by pathological disorders Asthma, allergic wheezing, occupational asthma, consisting of bacteria, true infectious asthma, non-allergic asthma syndromes, and bronchiolitis • Chronic or acute bronchoconstriction, and emphysema, • Any type, etiology, or disease, especially selected from chronic eosinophilic (C PD), including COPD with chronic bronchial irrelevant dyspnea; COPD of the characteristic of obstruction, adult suffocation "Other medical treatment centers Airway causing airway movement Diseases in the group of diseases, • Any type, the source or origin of which is acute bronchitis, acute laryngotracheobronchitis, floating bronchitis, dry bronchitis, productive bronchitis, glucose and pulmonary bronchitis, • acute lung injury, • any type, the source, or hair is selected from the group consisting of columnar bronchiectasis, cystic wheezing, autonomic bronchial wheezing, emphysema wheezing, wheezing, Cold-air-induced asthma, protozoa, or virus-induced wheezing, primary wheezing, wheezing in infants, wheezing, chronic bronchitis, small airway obstruction principle, obstructive or inflammatory airways Pneumonia, chronic obstructive pneumonia disease ^, emphysema or irreversible with COPD, progressive airway [distress syndrome (ARDS), due to excessive weight gain and blockage of one of the members associated with pulmonary hypertension] Principles of inflammatory or inflammatory airways Three bronchitis, especially bronchodilators based on principles of inflammation, arachis bronchitis, mucosal bronchitis, infectious asthma or streptococcal bronchitis, especially Bronchiectasis, fusiform bronchiectasis -104-- (21) 200 533 351, one of the group's bronchial capillary bronchiectasis, cystic bronchiectasis, dry bronchiectasis and follicular bronchiectasis constituted expansion. 19 · A composition of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 and another therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of: (a) a 5-lipoxygenase (5-LO) inhibitor or 5- Lipoxygenase activating protein (FLAP) antagonists, 鬌 (b )白三烯拮抗劑(LTRAS )包括LTB4、LTC4、 LTD4和LTE4的拮抗齊!J , (c )組織胺受體拮抗劑包括山和H3拮抗劑, (d ) α ! -和α 2 -腎上腺素受體激動劑血管收縮劑 擬交感劑供解除充血用者, (e )蕈毒鹼M3受體拮抗劑或抗膽鹼能劑, (f) PDE 抑芾 U 齊!1 ,女口 PDE3、 P DE4 和 P D E 5 抑芾!j 齊!I , (g )茶驗, (h)色甘酸鈉(Sodium cromoglycate), (i ) COX抑制劑包括非選擇性和選擇性COX — 1或 C0X— 2抑制劑(NSAIDs ), (j ) 口服和吸入的糖皮質類固醇,例如DAGR (類皮 質激素受體的解離激動劑), (k )對抗內源性炎性實體的單株抗體活性劑, (1 )抗一腫瘤壞血因子(anti — TNF - α )劑, (m )黏著分子抑制劑包括VL Α - 4拮抗劑, (η )激肽一点!一和/3 2 —受體拮抗劑, -105- (22) 200533351 (〇 )免疫抑制劑, (P)基質金屬蛋白酶(MMPs )抑制劑, (q )速激肽(tachykinin ) NKi,NKdd NK3受體拮抗 劑, (r )彈性蛋白酶抑制劑, (s )腺苷A2a受體激動劑, (t )尿激酶抑制劑,鬌 (b) Leukotriene antagonists (LTRAS) including LTB4, LTC4, LTD4, and LTE4 antagonists! J, (c) Histamine receptor antagonists include H3 and H3 antagonists, (d) α!-And α 2-adrenergic receptor agonist, vasoconstrictor, sympathomimetic for decongestion, (e) muscarinic M3 receptor antagonist or anticholinergic agent, (f) PDE inhibition, all together! 1, female PDE3, P DE4 and PDE 5 j Qi! I, (g) tea test, (h) sodium cromoglycate, (i) COX inhibitors include non-selective and selective COX-1 or COX-2 inhibitors (NSAIDs), (j ) Oral and inhaled glucocorticoids, such as DAGR (dissociation agonist of the corticosteroid receptor), (k) monoclonal antibody actives against endogenous inflammatory entities, (1) anti-tumor necrosis factor ( anti — TNF-α) agents, (m) adhesion molecule inhibitors include VL Α-4 antagonists, (η) kinin! Yihe / 3 2 —receptor antagonist, -105- (22) 200533351 (〇) immunosuppressants, (P) matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) inhibitors, (q) tachykinin NKi, NKdd NK3 Receptor antagonists, (r) elastase inhibitors, (s) adenosine A2a receptor agonists, (t) urokinase inhibitors, (u )作用於多巴胺受體的化合物,如d2激動劑, (v ) NF «々途徑調制劑,如IKK抑制劑, (w )細胞介素信令途徑的調制劑,例如p3 8 MAP激 酶,syk激酶或jAk激酶抑制劑, (X)可歸類爲黏液溶劑或止咳藥之藥劑,及 (y)抗生素。(u) compounds that act on dopamine receptors, such as d2 agonists, (v) NF «pathway modulators, such as IKK inhibitors, (w) modulators of the cytokine signaling pathway, such as p3 8 MAP kinase, syk kinase or jAk kinase inhibitors, (X) agents that can be classified as mucus solvents or antitussives, and (y) antibiotics. -106- 200533351 七 無 明 說 單 簡 號 符 表 為代 圖件 表元 代之 定圖 指表 :案代 圖本本 ^ \)y 定一二 無 八、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學 式: OH-106- 200533351 Qi Wuming said that the single abbreviation symbol table is the definitive drawing reference table of the original drawing table: the copy of the plan and the copy ^ \) y If there is a chemical formula in this case, please reveal the best display Inventive chemical formula: OH (CH2)n\ R1 R2 V ⑴ 〇(CH2) n \ R1 R2 V ⑴ 〇
TW094108630A 2004-03-23 2005-03-21 Compounds for the treatment of diseases TW200533351A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP04290770 2004-03-23
US62502104P 2004-11-03 2004-11-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200533351A true TW200533351A (en) 2005-10-16

Family

ID=34961254

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW094108630A TW200533351A (en) 2004-03-23 2005-03-21 Compounds for the treatment of diseases

Country Status (5)

Country Link
AR (1) AR048322A1 (en)
NL (1) NL1028599C2 (en)
PA (1) PA8627001A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200533351A (en)
WO (1) WO2005092860A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI752963B (en) * 2016-06-06 2022-01-21 美商艾尼納製藥公司 Modulators of the beta-3 adrenergic receptor useful for the treatment or prevention of disorders related thereto

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU2442771C2 (en) 2005-08-08 2012-02-20 Арджента Дискавери Лтд Derivants of bicyclo[2, 2, 1] hept-7-ylamine and their applications
GB0516313D0 (en) 2005-08-08 2005-09-14 Argenta Discovery Ltd Azole derivatives and their uses
GB0601951D0 (en) 2006-01-31 2006-03-15 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
PT2231642E (en) 2008-01-11 2014-03-12 Novartis Ag Pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
US8236786B2 (en) 2008-08-07 2012-08-07 Pulmagen Therapeutics (Inflammation) Limited Respiratory disease treatment
BRPI0923862A2 (en) 2008-12-30 2015-07-28 Pulmagen Therapeutics Inflammation Ltd Sulfonamide compounds for the treatment of respiratory disorders
WO2010150014A1 (en) 2009-06-24 2010-12-29 Pulmagen Therapeutics (Inflammation) Limited 5r- 5 -deuterated glitazones for respiratory disease treatment
GB0918923D0 (en) 2009-10-28 2009-12-16 Vantia Ltd Aminothiazole derivatives
GB0918922D0 (en) 2009-10-28 2009-12-16 Vantia Ltd Aminopyridine derivatives
GB0918924D0 (en) 2009-10-28 2009-12-16 Vantia Ltd Azaindole derivatives
WO2011098746A1 (en) 2010-02-09 2011-08-18 Pulmagen Therapeutics (Inflammation) Limited Crystalline acid addition salts of ( 5r) -enanti0mer of pioglitazone
GB201002224D0 (en) 2010-02-10 2010-03-31 Argenta Therapeutics Ltd Respiratory disease treatment
GB201002243D0 (en) 2010-02-10 2010-03-31 Argenta Therapeutics Ltd Respiratory disease treatment
WO2012034095A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
US8637516B2 (en) 2010-09-09 2014-01-28 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as TRK inhibitors
KR20140014184A (en) 2011-02-25 2014-02-05 아이알엠 엘엘씨 Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3700681A (en) * 1971-02-16 1972-10-24 Pfizer 2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxy-6-(1-hydroxy-2-aminoethyl)pyridines
EP0220054A3 (en) * 1985-10-16 1987-12-02 Glaxo Group Limited Ethanolamine derivatives
DE69724216T2 (en) * 1996-11-14 2004-06-24 Pfizer Inc. Pyridine intermediates, useful for the preparation of beta-adrenergic receptor agonists
TWI249515B (en) * 2001-11-13 2006-02-21 Theravance Inc Aryl aniline beta2 adrenergic receptor agonists
EP1477167A1 (en) * 2003-05-15 2004-11-17 Pfizer Limited [(2-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl)-ethylamino)-propyl] phenyl derivatives as beta2 agonists

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI752963B (en) * 2016-06-06 2022-01-21 美商艾尼納製藥公司 Modulators of the beta-3 adrenergic receptor useful for the treatment or prevention of disorders related thereto
TWI784840B (en) * 2016-06-06 2022-11-21 美商艾尼納製藥公司 Modulators of the beta-3 adrenergic receptor useful for the treatment or prevention of disorders related thereto

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
NL1028599C2 (en) 2006-01-03
PA8627001A1 (en) 2006-05-16
AR048322A1 (en) 2006-04-19
WO2005092860A1 (en) 2005-10-06
NL1028599A1 (en) 2005-09-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200533351A (en) Compounds for the treatment of diseases
JP4054369B2 (en) Ortho-substituted aryl or heteroaryl amide compounds
ES2289691T3 (en) DERIVATIVES OF SULFONAMIDE FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES.
US7241810B2 (en) Formamide derivatives for the treatment of diseases
JP4108117B2 (en) Compounds for treating diseases
KR100747401B1 (en) Phenyl or Pyridyl Amide Compounds as Prostaglandin E2 Antagonists
US7482487B2 (en) Phenylaminoethanol derivatives as β2 receptor agonists
WO2005092861A1 (en) Quinolinone derivatives pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use
TW200524603A (en) 2-amino-pyridine derivatives useful for the treatment of diseases
US20060111416A1 (en) Octahydropyrrolo[3,4-C]pyrrole derivatives
JP2011527672A (en) Triazole derivatives useful for treating diseases
JP4054366B2 (en) Compounds useful for the treatment of diseases
US20050215542A1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of diseases
WO2007045989A1 (en) Pyridyl derivatives useful as h3 ligands
JP2010539154A (en) Novel compounds active as muscarinic receptor antagonists
EP1574501A1 (en) Quinolinone derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use
US7629358B2 (en) Compounds useful for the treatment of diseases
JP4819770B2 (en) Formamide derivatives useful as adrenergic receptors
TWI281396B (en) Compounds useful for the treatment of diseases
MXPA06007786A (en) Sulfonamide derivatives for the treatment of diseases
JP2008174555A (en) Compound for treating disease
MXPA06009533A (en) Compounds for the treatment of diseases
MXPA06010257A (en) Compounds useful for the treatment of diseases